6. Family TREUBARIACEAE (Korsh.) Fott,1960, P 277

Members of this family are usually unicellular and solitary, rarely united

together in definite colonies of four or more cells when young; free-living or rarely

epiphytic. Cells spherical, ellipsoid, fusiform or triangular to tetrahedric with projec-ting ridges at margins; often with setae from angles or ends; cell membrane differen-tiated into two layers, an inner thin firm one and an outer layer made up of two or

more parts. Reproduction by zoospores (or aplanospores) or autospores.Four genera are known from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE GENERA

I. Always solitary .. - . "a. Cells enclosed by a broad spindle.shaped envelope consisting of longitudinally cosate halves

which are firmly united at equatorial region. r .., ., Desmatractum(p 106).b. Cells not so enclosecl

i. Cells t,iangular to pyramidal with~gles extended into long spines or setae. . . . . . . . . . . . .._ Treubaria(p 107)

ii. Cells spherical with four stout appendages having blunt or bifurcate ends ..' . . . . . . . . . . . .pachycladon (p 108)

II. Solitary or united together in definite colonies when young -Cells with a transparent conical extension from otto.side. . . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . .ConococcUS(p 108)

XIII. Genus DESMATRACTUMW. et G. S. West, 1902emend. Pascher, 1930, P 651

(incl. Bernardinella Chodat, 1920 and Calyptrobactron Geitler, 1924)

Cells spherical and enclosed by a broad spindle-shaped brownish envelopeconsisting of two longitudinally costate halves whicli are firmly united at the equatorial'region. _ Cell with a thin hyaliN: cell membrane and a single cup-shaped chloroplasthaving on~ or two pyrenoids. . .

R~produ~tion by 2-4. biciliate zoospores which are liberated by a transverserupture of the envelope in the equatQrial region at the point of union of the two halves.Zoospores, when not liberated, develop into aplanospores which germinate and developthe spindle-shaped envelope before liberation by the gelatinization of the envelope ofthe parent.

Only one species recorded from the Indian regioJ!.

Desmatractum plicatum W. et G. S. West

W. & G. S. West, 1902, P 198, pi 17, f 14-15; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, P 142, f 150; A. Pascher,1930, p 652, Text-f 12

31.

.,106 .'"

I,

'I'REUBARIA 101

Cells ellipsoid with pointed ends and with a median constriction. Envelope ofcell with eight longitudinal costae. Chromatophore with a central pyrenoid. Cells6' 5-9 It broad and 16-22 It long. Constriction 5' 3-5 .8 It broad (Fig. 31).

HABITAT. Paddy fields, Heneratgodha, Ceylon (w.. and G. S. West, l.c.).DISTRIBUTION.Ceylon and Java.

Species not recorded from the Indian region.

D. bif!yramidatum (Chodat) Pascher, 1930, p 654, f 7-9=Bernardinella bipyramidata Chodat, 1920

D. delicatissimum Korshikov, 1953, p 147, f 86D. elongatum (pascher) Pascher, 1930, p 653 f, 13

=Bernardinella elongata Pascber (in sched.)D.'indutum (Geitler) Pascher, 1930, p 653, f 10-11

=Cal;ptrobactron indutum Geitler, 1924=Bernardinella induta Pascher (in sched.)

D. nyanzae (Wolosz,) G. S. West, 1916=Peniococcus nyanzae Woloszynska, 1914, p 205.

D. obtusum Pascher, 1930, p 655, f 15

. XIV. Genus TREUBARIA Bernard, 1908, p 169..

Solitary, free-floating, flat or pyramidal cells with three or more angles whichare produced to form a stout- basally-broad seta which is tapering or .with subparallel

.sides. Sides of cells usually concave. Cell body distinct and with one 01:more chloro-plasts which.are parietal or cup-shaped and often filling the cell. Pyrenoid one andcentral or more, with each angle having one. "

Reproduction by the formation of autospores.Treuharia is distinguished from Tetraedronby the setae which are ~tensions of

the angles of the cells proper and which are much longer than the diameter of thecells. The protoplast is also distinct.

Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

32. Treubaria-triappendicu1ata Bernard

C; Bernard, 1908, p 170, f 344-48; G. M. Smith, 1926, pp 171-78, pI9,-f 19-23, pliO, f 1;O. A. Korshikov,1953,p 142,f 81 .= Telraedron triappendiculatum (Bernard) Wille, 1909, p 60;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 159, f205

Cells three to four angled with broadly rounded angles and slightly concave, or,rarely, slightly convex sides. Each angle produced into a long, stout, hyaline spine witha broad base and gradually tapering into an acute point. Chloroplasts 1-4, eachwith a pyrenoid. Cells without spines 6-13 It "in diamc;ter. Spines 12-40 It longand 3' 5-5 It broad at the base (Fig. 32).

HABITAT. Planktonic in swamp, Kausalya Ganga, rather COIIimon-April,and pond, Cuttack, stray-August (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Java, India, N. America, and Europe., The Indian alga, with the cells 10'5-13 It in diameter and'spines 25-40 p long,( is slightly larger than the Javanese species which is 6' 5-10 It in diameter with spines

.J5-20 p, rarely up.to 30 It and the Am~ican and European alga with the cells 6-12 IJ

108 CHt.OROCoccALES

in diameter and spines 12-30 ft. According to Smith and Korshikov, the alga mayhave three or four angles. However, in the Indian, as also the Javanese form, no speci-men with four angles could be observed. The cells appeared to be flat with either asingle chloroplast having a central pyrenoid or with three chloroplasts, each with apyrenoid. Probably, the fourth seta gets detached easily in mounts.

Other speciesof Treubaria

T. craJsispina G. M. Smith, 1926, p 178, pliO, [2-5T. eurycantha (Lemm.) Karsh., 1953, p 143, [83

= Tetraedron schmidlei var. eurycanthum Lemm.T. planctonica (G. M. Smith) Karsh., 1953, p 145, [84

= Borgea Planctonica G. M. Smith, 1922a= Tetraedron schmidlei (Schroeder) Lemmermann

T. setigerum (Archer) G. M. Smith, 1933, p 499=Tetrapedia setigerum Archer, 1872, p 46, pl21, [14-17= Tetraedron trigonum var. setiger/un (Archer) Lemmermann, 1904, p 110

T. varia Ahlstrom et Tiffany, 1931, pp 459-60, [ 16

xv. Gellus PACHYCLADON G. M. Smith, 1924 ttf

Cells spherical and enclosed by a thin cell membrane that is without a gelatinousenveln;-e: With four stout dark brown appendages usually arranged quadrately,but sometimes pyramidately, from the cell wall. Appendages gradually tapering froma broad base to a blup.t or bifurcate apex. The single chloropl'hst nearly fills the celland is cup-shaped and with a pyrenoid.

So far, monospecific.

33. Pachycladon umbrinus G. M. Smith

G. M. Smith, 1924; 1933, p 500, £339

Cells spherical and enclosed by a thin cell membrane without any gelatinouSenvelope. Cell wall with four quadrately arranged stout .dark brown appendageswhich are .broad at the base and blunt or bifurcate at the apex. Cells' 7' 5-12:5 fJ

. in diameter. Appendages 35-52' 5 ft long and 3-3:-5 ft broad at the base (Fig. 33).HABiTAT.Planktonic in ponds at Cuttack, rather common to abundant-July(!rDISTRIBUTION.N..America and India.

The Indian alga agrees with the American form'in aU r~spects, except that'the maximum length of the appendages sometimes exceeds by 2' 5 ft over the figure(50 ft) given by G. M. Smith.

XVI. Genus CONOCOCCUS Carter, 1869, p 432

Cells spherical, solitary or united together in definite colonies of four or morecells when young. Cell membrane delicate and with a transparent conical extensionfrom one side. Chromatophore green and with.a central pyrenoid (?).

Reproduction by cell division into 4-8-16-32, each daughter cell getting aconical extension of the cell wall from the outer side.

..S~ fur,. monospecific.

CONOCOCCUS109

l"~

bd

34

c x_it

34J o31 b

l'.34a

'( 3IaFIGs. 31-'34. 31, .Besmatractum plic"atwn W. ET G. S. WEST; a, LATERAL

VIEW, b, OPTICAL .CltOSS-SECTlON; 32, Treubaria triappendiculata BEItNAltD;33,.Pachycladon u:n~rinus G. M. SMITH; 34, Conococcus elongatus CAItTEIt.

(31, FItOM W. & G. S. WEST, 1902; 34, FROM H. J. CARTEIt,1869;32, ,33, x 1000).

Conococcus eIongatus Carter

H.J. Carter, 1869, p 432, pll4, £ 14--20; H. Printz, 1927, p 130, £85 c-f

:" Cells spherical, solitary or, when. young, united together in colonies of 4-8-16-32LcelIs. Each cell with a transparent conic~1 appendage from the outer side of the cell'Wall which is about three times (or more in young cells) longer than the diameter of

: !he cell. Chromatophore green and with a central pyrenoid (?). Cells 5' 1-6' 4 ""'In diameter (Fig. 34). .

HABITAT. In &eshwater tanks in the island of Bombay (carter'

~l.c.). ...

DISTRmUTIoN.India. eft.,T.,. ,-"~,'"~~.,.

110 CHLOROcobcALES

This alga, known only by Carter's original record, needs restudy. The.. nuclear vesicle" within the cell appears to be the pyrenoid.

Other generaof Treubariaceae not reconudfrom the Indian regiol'

Echinoco/tum Jao et Lee, 1947, p 109, monospecific :E. t/tgansJao et Lee, 1947, p 109, f I a-k

EchinosPhatrtlla G.M. Smith, 1920, p 128, monospecific :E. limnctica G. M. Smith, 1920, p 128, pi 29, f 9-11 (incl. Tet;atdron sttllatum Swirenko,

1926, p 85)Octogonitlla Paschcr, 1930, p 655, monospecific :

O. sphagnico/a Pascher, 1930, p 656, Text-f I~, pi 26Saturnclla ~1attauch et Paschcr ex Maltauch, 1936, P 413

(=Discocystis Skuja, 1959, p 13) with two species:S. cortico/a (Skuja) Folt, 1960, P 275

=Discocystiscortico/a Skuja, 1959, pp 13-14, pi I f 1-16S. saturnus (Stcinecke) Folt, 1960, P 275, pi 46, f 1-6

=ProwcoCCUSsaturnus StciDecke, 1916, P 74-=Saturnclla t/tgans Matt. et pascher ex Mattauc;h, 1936, p 413, f 2=Discocystis saturnus (Stcinecke) Skuja, 1959, pp 14-15, pi 2, f 1-18

Trigonidium Pascher, 1932, p 412, monospecific :T.galta Pascher, 1932, P 414, f2 a-c, 3 a-d.

7. Family HYDRODICTYACEAE (S. F. Gray) Dumortierorth. mul, Cohn, 1880 p 289, emend. *

Members of this family are free living and either unicellular or in regularcolonies. Cells cylindrical tetrahedral or polygonal, sometimes nearly spherical;chloroplast single parietal and laminate, and with a pyrenoid. Reproduction byzoospores, autospores, or- isogamous gametes. There are two subfamilies:

i.- . Always in regular colonies (net-like, flat discs or spherical); cells cylindrical, polygonal or sometimesnearly spherical; reproduction by two or more zoospores from each cell which remain together toform auto-colonies or sometimes by isogamous gametes, the zygospore ultimately producing acolony, usually with intermediate stages offree-swimming zoospores, irregular . Tetratdroll-stagu 'and non-swarming aggregate of zoospores SUBFAM. HYDRODtCTYOIDEAE

KEY TO THE GENERA

I. Colony microscopica. Colony a flat plate of 4-8-16-32-64 or more (usually 32) cells Ptdiastrum (p Ill)

b. Colony spherical and of 4-8-16-32-64 stalked cells radiating from the centre.. ......Sorastrum(p 132)

2. Colony macroscopic _

Colony oflarge cylindrical coenocytes arranged in the form of a net-work.. .R»drodiclYoll(p 133)

ii. Usually unicellular, very rarely in loose aggreg~tes; cells usu31ly angular- often with spines fromangles,- rarely cylindrical or semilunar; reproduction usually by-autospores, rarely by free-swimming zoospores which develop directly into a cell like the parent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SUBP,uI.TETRAEDRoNoIDEAE

KEY TO THE GENERA

Cells triangular, tetragonal or polygonal with angles rounded, produced or pointed and withor without short spines. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Tttratdron (p 136)

Cells cylindrical to crescent.shaped and with a spine from each end. . . ... Closteridium(p 161)"',-

Cells tetragonal to pyramidal with cruciate sides or rectangular7 and with one or several bristlesfromeachangle.. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . :.. Polyedriopsis (p 164)

Su~fami1y ~R9DICTYOIDEAE

XVII. Genus PEDIASTRUM Meyen, 1829, p 772

Colonies free-floating, disc-shaped to stellate, generally of 4-8-16-32-64 ormore polygonal cells arranged in a single layer one cell thick. Colony with or withoutperforations. Marginal cells with one, two or four processes, rarely without suchprocesses. Cell wall smooth, granulate or with reticulate ridges. Chloroplast single,parietal, filling the adult cells and with one or more pyrenoids. Cells multinucleate.

· Emended so as to include unicellular forms.

111

1.

2.- . 3.,'.

110 CHLOROCOOCALES

This alga, known only by Carter's original record, needs restudy. The.. nuclear vesicle" within the cell appears to be the pyrenoid.

Othergeneraof Treubariaceae not recorrkdfrom theIndian region

Echinocoltum J ao et Lee, 1947, P 109, monospecific :E. tltgansJao et Lee, 1947, p 109, f I a-k

Echinosphaertlla G.M. Smith, 1920, p 128, monospecific :E. limnttica G. M. Smith, 1920, p 128, pi 29, f 9-11 (incl. Tttraedron stellatum Swirenko,

1926, p 85)Octogoniella Pascher, 1930, p 655, monospecific :

O. sphagnicola Pascher, 1930, p 656, Text-f 1-6, pl26Saturntlla ~Iattauch et Pascher ex Mattauch, 1936, P 413

(=Discocystis Skuja, 1959, p 13) with two species :S. corticola (Skuja) Folt. 1960, p 275

=Discocystis corticola Skuja, 1959, pp 13-14, pi I f 1-16S. salurnus (Steinecke) Fot!, 1960, P 275, pi 46, f 1-6

=Protococcus saturnus Steinecke, 1916, P H=Saturnella tltgans Matt. et pascher ex Mattauc;h, 1936, p 413, f 2=Discocystis saturnus (Steinecke) Skuja, 1959, pp 14-15, pi 2, f 1-18

Trigonidium Pascher, 1932, P 412, monospecific :T.galta Pascher, 1932, P 414, f2 a-c, 3 a-d.

-,

7. Family HYDRODICTY ACEAE (S. F. Gray) Dumortierorth. mut. Cohn, 1880 p 289, emend. *

Members of this, family are free living and either unicellular or in regularcolonies. Cells cylindrical tetrahedral or polygonal, sometimes nearly spherical;chloroplast single parietal and laminate, and with a pyrenoid. Reproduction byzoospores, autospores, or isogamous gametes. There are two subfamilies:

i.' . Always in regular colonies (net-like, flat discs or spherical); cells cylindrical, polygonal or sometimesnearly spherical; reproduction by two or more zoospores from each cell which remain together toform auto-colonies or sometimes by isogamous gametes, the zygospore ultimately producing acolony, usually with intermediate stages oCCrce-swimming zoospores, irregular' Tetraedron-stagu.and non-swarming aggregate of zoospores SUBFAM.HYDRODICTYOIDEAE

KEY TO THE GENERA

I. Colony microscopica. Colony a flat plate of 4-8-16-32-64 or more (usually 32) cells. . . . . . Ptdiastrum(p 11~)

b. Colony spherical and of4-8-16-32-64 stalked cells radiating from the centre........Sorastrum (p 132)

2. Colony macroScopic _

Colony oflarge cylindrical coenocytes arranged in the form of a net-work.. .H,;'drodictyon(p 133)

ii. Usually tmicellular, very rarely in loose aggregl!tes; cells usuii1ly angular- often with spines fromangles,' rarely cylindrical or semilunar; reproduction usually by'autospores, rarely by free-swimming zoospores which develop directly into a celllike the parent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .

SUBFAM. TETRAEDRONOIDEAE

KEY TO THE GENERA

Cells triangular, tetragonal or polygonal with angles rounded, produced or pointed and withor without short spines.. . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. Tetraedron (p 136)

Cells cylindrical to crescent-shaped and with a spine from each end. . . . .. Closkridium(p 161).-Cells tetragonal to pyramidal \yi.th cruciate sides or rectangular~~nd with one or several bristlesfrom each angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : .. Polytdriopsis (p 164)

Subfamily HYDR9DICTYOIDEAE

XVII. Genus PEDIASTRUM Meyen, 1829, p 772

Colonies free-floating, disc-shaped to stellate, generally of 4-8-16-32-64 ormore polygonal cells arranged in a single layer one-cell thick. Colony with or withoutperforations. Marginal cells with one, two or four processes, rarely without suchprocesses. Cell wall smooth, granulate or with reticulate ridges. Chloroplast single,parietal, filling the adult cells and with one or more pyrenoids. Cells multinucleate.

· Emended so as to include unicellular forms.

III

I.

2.- . 3.\.

112 t:HLOROCOCCALI!.S 113PEDlASTItUIII

.

shape, joined to each other at the base, but free on the outside, with two short truncateprocesses from the outer face, one from each side. Cells up to 20 /.l in diameter.Processes up to 8/.l1ong. Colonies up to 110 /.l in diameter (Fig. 35).

HABITAT. In trench with running water, Rangoon (Skuja, 1949).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, Burma.

Asexual reproduction by zoospores which escape into a vesicle and orientthemselves in the place of cells, rarely by 1-2 hypnospores from each cell. Sexualreproduction isogamous.

Eleven species are known from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Outer face of marginal cells usually without projections, at times with two rudimentary projections, _ P. integrum(p \12)

II. Outer face of marginal cells with a single projectionColonies with or without perforations .A. Sides of cells nearly strai'ght or concave. . . . . .

B. Sides of cells markedly convex. . . . . .

I.

P.simplex (p

P. ovatum (p

113)

115)

III. Outer face of marginal cells with two projectionsA. Colonies usually not perforate. Perforations when present very small and few in number

a. Cell wall smooth or punctatei 0 uter cells regular

x Outer face of marginal cellsstraight or slightly concave. Processesshort orlong. .....P. mu/icum(p 117)

xx Outer face of marginal cells with shallow emarginations. Processes short ..- . P. angulosum(p 118)_.

xxx Outer face of marginal cells with deep emarginations. . . . " P. boryanum(p 118)

ii Outer cells irregular and with unequal and basally constricted lobes .... ..........P. cons/ric/um(p 120)

b. Cel1walrcoarsely reticulate. Processesshort. . . . . . . .. . . . .. ... .P. araneosum (p 120)

B. Colonies perforate .- _a. ProjectiolU of marginal cells truncate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. P. duplex (p

b. Projections of marginal cells incised... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'P. biradiatum(p

Marginal fells with four projections and a deep linear incision. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . P. tetras (p

121)

'127)

.128)IV.

35. Pediastrum integrum Naegeli

. C. Naegeli, 1849, p 97, piS B, f4 a-r; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 91, f 51 a; G:W. Prescott, 1951,p 225, pi 48 f9-1O; L. H. Tiffany and M. E. Britton, 1952,-p 112, pi 30, f298 .

Colonies not perforated and usually 4-32 celled, rarely 64-celled with the cellsmore often arranged. irregularly than conc~ntrically, rarely in two layers. . Internaland .marginal cells- of the same shape~ with entire margin, rounded or 5-'6 angled.Marginal cells with two short stumpy processes, one or both of which may 15eabsent -or reduced to a wart- or papilta-like structure. Cell membrane smooth or granular.Diameter of cells 16-30 1-"

The alga, which is kn9wn from Europe, N. America and Africa, has not beenreported from the Indian region.

'. 36 'FIGs. 35-36 a-c. 35, Pediastrum in/ergum VAR.perforatum RACIB; 36 a-c, P.

simPlex MEYEN. (35, FROM RACIBORSKI; 36, X 1000).

Bigeard (1935, p 342) treated P. integrum and all its varieties, including var.perforatumRacib. var. braunianum (Grunow) Nordst. (1878, p 8; =Pediastrum brau1iianumGrunow, 1858, p 494) and var. pearsoni (G. S. West) Fritsch ex Fritsch et Stephens(1921, p 11, =P. pearsoni G. S. West, 1912 b, P 79) as synonymous to P. boryanum.However, most authors retain the species and its varieties. 'f

var. perforatum Raciborski

IVI."Raciborski, 1889, p 7, pl2 f 5;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 92-93, f 51 d

Colonies 8-16-32 celled. Interior cells spherical to nearly rectangular withthe edges rounded and with small intercellular spaces. Peripheral cells of similar

36. Pediastrum simplex Meyen

F. I. F. Meyen, 1829, p 772, p143, f 1-5; J. Brunnthalcr, 1915, pp 93-94, f 55 a; L. H. Tiffanyand M. E. Britton, plIO, pi 31, f 290-91=P. simplex var. granula/um Lemm., 1897, p 115=P. simplex var. typica in Bruhl et Biswas, 1922, p 12, pIS, f29 a

114 CHLOROCOCCALES

"

FIG. 36 d-h. Pediastrum simplex MEYEN VAR. duodenarium (BAILEY) RABENH.

(d and e, )('1500; g, x 1000; f and h, x750).

Differs from the type in having large intercellular spaces,or a single central spacewith the cells arranged in a ring at the periphery. Inner face of marginal cells concave,oqter face prolon&.ed into a sing-1edelicately tapering process. Sides of marginal cellsalso concave or nearly straight. Interior cells siIDilar to marginal, cells but with shortc;.rprocesses. Cell wall. smooth or fInely punctate. Colonies of 4-8-16-32-64-128(usually 8-16-32) cells. Cells 8-2+ /J broad, 10-45 /J long; 16-celled colonies up to125/J in diameter (Fig. 36 d-h). -

" HABITAT. Planktonic in standing waters- of ponds, filter-beds, tanks, lakes,t 'reservoirs, qmals and rivers. all over India, Burma and Ceylon (Bengal--':Bruhl,et~.Biswas, 1922, l.c.; Dutta et al., l.c.-; Manipur-Bruhl et Biswas, 1926, l. c.; U.P.-'Jt. N. Singh, l.c.; V; P. Singh, 1959; Bombay-Gonzalves et Joshi, l.c.; Bengal,:'Bihar, Orissa, Andhra, Madras, Mysore and Punjab (!); Burma*-W. et. G. S. West,'1907; Handa, l.c.; Skuja, l.c.; Ceylon-W. et G. S. West, 1902; Lemmermann,'1907, l.c.; Crow, l.c.).

DISTRIBUTION.,Ubiquitous.Some authors (Bourrelly, 1940; Skuja, 1948) treat Pediastrum clathratum

:JSchroeter) Lemmermann as a disunct'species. According to G. M. Smith (1918,.:.l; c.), P. c{athratumdiffers from the'typical P. simplex only in the same way as vars.>'~iathratumand reticulatum of P. duplex differ from P. duPlex type. He also states that1~'Bailey!sMonoactinus duodenariusis without doubt identical to P. clathratum. .Following':'.Smith, P. clathratumis not recognized here as a distinct species.

il

II

.......

Colonies circular to oval, of 4-8-16-32 or more. cells. Inner side of marginal"

cells nearly straight, outer side produced into a gradually tapering - process,' siaesconcave. Inner cells polygonal. Cells in «ontact with adjacent ones and usuallywithout intercellular spaces. When present, intercellular spaces very small and few innumber. Cell wall smooth or punctate to granulate. Cells (7-) 8-13 /J broad, (15-)

19-26 (-30) /J long (Fig. 36 a-c).HABITAT. North East India (Turner, 1892); Filter beds, Bengal. (Bruhl 'et

Biswas, I,c.); ponds and tanks, Ceylon (Crow, 1923); in the Sipna Stream, N. E.India (Carter, 1926); Ramgarh and Suraha 'Tals', D.P. (V.P. Singh, 1959); ponds,Cuttack, rare-August and May; River Mahanadi, Cuttack, rather common-May; River Dehri, Bihar, rare-May and Dyke's tank, Visakhapatnam, rare-December(!) .

DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopolitan.

PEDIASTRUM ll5

var. duodenariwn (Bailey) Rabenhorst

L. Rabenhorst, 1868, p 72; G. M. Smith, 1918, pp 642-43, pi 13, f 1-5=Monoactinus duodenarius Bailey, 1855, p 14=Pediastrum enoplon W. et G. S. West, 1895, p 81, pi 5, f 1-2=P. simplex var. radians Lemmermann, 1899, p 114; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 94, f 55 b; H.Skuja, 1949, p 62=P. simplex var. clathratum Chodat, 1902, p 225=P. simplex var. clatrata Chodat in P. Bruhl et K. Biswas, 1922, p 13, pl5, f 30=P. clathratum (Schroeter) Lemm., 1897, p 181, f 1-4; W. et G. S. West, 1902, p 196; E. Lem-mermann, 1907, p 267; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 94, f 56 a; W. B. Crow, 1923, p 164; E. A.GonzalvesetD. B.Joshi, 1946, p 174; N. Dutta,J. C. MalhotraetB. B. Bose, 1954, p 13=]>. simplex var. clathratum(Schroeter) G. S. West, 1907, p 134=P. clathratum vars. microporum Lemm., 1899, pp 115-16, punctatum Lemm., 1897, p 182,asperum Lemm., 1897, p 180 and cordanum Hansgirg, 1886, p 110=P. clathratum var. duodenarium (Bailey) Lemm.-see Brunnthaler, 1915, p 94, f 56 c; R. N.Singh, 1939;p. 63=P. clathratum var. baileyanum Lemm., 1899, p 115; P. Bruhl et K. Biswas, 1926, p 269, pi 6,f41 a-b;M.~.Handa,1927,p260,pI6,fl a-b

Pediastrum ovatum (Ehr.) A. Braun

A. Braun, 1855, p 81; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 93, f 54 a; G. M. Smith, 1926, p 193, pi 15, f 3-7=Asterodicryo/l ovatum Ehrenberg in Monatsbe~., 1845, p 73=Pediaslrum ovatum var. microporum Lemm.-see Brunnthaler, 1915, p 93, f 54 b=P. sturmiiReinsch, 1867, p 90, pl7, fl ;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 93, f53 a=P. sturmii Reinsch forma Turner, 1892, pp 159-60, pi 20, f 17=P. sturmii var. radians Lemm. and var. echinulotum (Wittr. et Nordst.) Lemm.-see Brun-nthaler, 1915, p 93

.The alga was also quite common in a 'collection from Lake Indawgyi, Rangoon, of March 1956,.t by Dr. J. A. Tubb, to the Central1nland Fisheries Research Sub-station, Cuttack, for identification.

116 CHLOROCOCCALES

=P. simplex var. sturmii (Reinsch) Wolle, 1887, P 153=P. simplexMeyenvar. typica in Bruhl et Biswas, 1922, pi 5, f 29 b-d only=P. schroeteri Lemmermann, 1899, P 115,pi 2, f33

Colonies usually 4-8-16- (rarely 32-) celled, with the cells arranged in a ringround a central space or with one or more interior cells and a number of marginalcells, perforate or almost imperforate, the -perforations being small. Cells plumperthan in P. simplexvar. duodenariumwith the outer sides of peripheral and often centralcells convex. Cell wall smooth or ornamented. Four-celled colonies up to 60 /-l.8-celled colonies up to 80 /-l and 16-celled colonies up to 100 /-l in diameter. Cells

8' 5-19' /-l broad, 14-37 p. long (Fig. 37).

...

a

FIO.37. Pediastrum ovatum (ERR.) A. BRAUN.

{d, FROMTURNER, 1892 (AS Pediastrum sturmii fOR"''' TUItNI!R) i!,-C and C4?' x lOOO~. _ ..' .

.

.,

~,.;

.~

..

...

PEDIASTRUM 117

HABITAT. N.E. India (Turner, l.c.); filter-beds, Bengal (Bruhl et Biswas, l.c.);

ponds, Cuttack, very common to abundant-May and June, River Mahanadi,Cuttack, common-April, River Sone, Dehri (Bihar), rare-May, swamp, Madras,rare-May (1942), and stray in a number of other localities (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopolitan.This species is very similar to P. simPlexand its variety duodenarium,but the outer

sides are markedly convex in contrast to the nearly straight or concave sides ofP. simplex'and var. duodenarium.According to Bigeard (1934-35), the shapes of cells varywith the maturity of the alga, the convex shape being found in very mature cells only.He scraps P. ovatum. P. sturmii and all varieties of these as well as of P. simPlex, com-bining them 'all in 'one- species, viz. P. simPlex. The occurrence of P. simplex var.duodenariumand P. ovatum side by side in many collections is probably a point infavour of this view. This simplification, followed by Bigear.d with other species ofPediastrum as well, has not been accepted by most authors.

Nitardy (1914, cf., G. M. Smith, 1926) and G. M. Smith considered P. sturmiiand P. ovatum as identical. Nitardy favoured retaining the former name on account ofits more general acceptance, while Smith preferred to keep the name ovatumsince it hlupriority. - - .

Though l. ovatum (incl. P. sturmii) appears to have been recorded from the Indiantegion only once previously (Turner, I.e.), there is no doubt that most authors haveincluded it along with P. simplex, P.simPlex var. duodmarium, or P. clathra~um. Bruhland Biswas's figures (1922, pI. 5, f 29 b-d only) for P. simplex var. typica are obviouslythose of P. ovatum They also mention in their description that the sides -of the cellscould.be con"ex.

..

~

Pediastrum muticum Kuetzing

F. T~ Kuetzing, 1849, p ,193; J. Brunnthall.'r, 1915 p 98, f 58 a

Colonies round and without perforations, 8-16-32-64-celled. Internal cells5-6 an.,gled. Marginal cells inverted heart-shaped, e.!11arginate and with or withouttwo short processes on the free side. Cell wall smoGth or granular.

, HABITAT. Pond, Bangalore, rather common-February -(!).DISTRIBUTION. Scattered.

var. longicorne Raciborski

M. Raciborski, 1889, p 12, pi 2 f 8;, J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 98, f 58 c

Colonies more or less round and without intercellular spaces. Inner cells 5-6~\~ided. Marginal cells usually broader than long. with a shallow emargination on thej'outer face and two fairly long processes. Cell wall often thick and with fine granula-~~o~. Inner cells 20' 6-22' 5 /-lbroad, 20' 6-22' 5 /-llong. Marginal cells 20' 6-24' 4 fi,'broad, 18.8-20.6 /-llong. Processes 8-12 /-llong (Fig. 38).

HABITAT. Pond, Bangalore, along with the type of the species (!)DISTRIBUTION.Europe, India.

.'

118 CHLOROCOCCALES

Bigeard (1934) considered P. muticum and its varieties as synonymous toP. boryanum.

39. Pediastrum angulosum'(Ehr.) Meneghini

J. 1\1eneghini, 1840, p 210; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 99=P. vaguIII Kuetzing, 1845, p 143=P. po{vdensWorosowa-Wodianitzkaja, 1923, pi 2 f 20

Colonies without perforations, usually single layered and round, elliptical orkidney-shaped, sometimes large and two-layered with small irregular perforations.Internal cells 4-6 angled, broader than long with the outer side slightly sinuous.Marginal cells broad, outer face slightly emarginate, lobes with or without short

I processes. Cell wall hyaline, yellowish, or reddish, sometimes thickened and withI reticulate ridges, rarely smooth or coarsely granulate. Colonies 8-128 celled with

, variable arrangement of cells. Cells 15-50 /-lin diameter. Colonies,up to 400/-l.The alga has not been recorded from the Indian region.

val'. laevigatUm R~ciborski -:\1. Raciborski, 1889, p 17, p12 f 18; J. Brunntha1er, 1915, p 99, f60 a; P Bruhl e"tK. Biswas,1926, pp 270-71, p12, f 1 -=P. bo!yanulIIvar. aus/ralisP1ayfair, 1918, p539, p157, f34

Colonies 8-16-32-64 (usually 32) celled and compact without perforations.Interior cells. transversely elongated, irregularly hexagonal. Marginal cells alsotransversely elongated, wider above, truncate at the base; outer side deeply emar-'gin~te and with slightly converging lobes having obtuse or rounded ends. Cell mem-brane hyaline, thin and smooth. Cells up to 35/-l and colonies up to 150 /-lin diameter(Fig. 39).

HABITAT. Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl et Biswas, I.e.).DlsTRmUi'IoN. Europe, India, Japan and Australia.

4Q-. Pediastrumboryanum (Turpin) Meneghini

J. Meneghini, 1840, p 210; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 100, f61 a; G. M. Smith, 1920, pp 169- _

70, pl 46, f 2-7-= Hierella bO'Yana Turpin, 1828, p 319 pi 13 f 22=Milrasterias boryana Ehrenberg, 1838, p 157=Euas/rum pen/angulare Corda, 1839=Pedia.l/rum granula/um Kuetzing, 1845, p 143

Colonies circular to oval and usually of 16-32 (rarely 4-8 or up to 128) cellsarranged in concentric rings without intercellular spaces. . Inner cells polygonalwith straight sides. Outer face of marginal cells slightly to deeply emarginate andwith two short processes ending in stumpy spines. Cell wall usually granulate,sometimes smooth. Cells 7-40 /-l in diameter. Horns (processes) 7-10 /-l long.Sixteen-celled colonies up to 100 /-l in diameter (Fig. 40 a ).

HABITAT. N.E. India (Turner 1892); artificial tank, Peradeniya, Ceylon (W. et

- G. S. West, 1902); shallow pools, overgrown with weeds, Mansan~, Burma (W. et

:~',

PEDIASTRUM 119

of

. ,J

FIGs.38-41. 38, Pedias/WIII mu/icum KUETZ. VAR. IOllgicorne RAClO;39, P. angulosum (EUR.) l\.fENEGIl. VAR. laeviga/ulII RAClO; 40a, P. boryafmlll(TURP.) MENEGR.; 40b, VAR.longicome REINSCH; 41, P. cOlls/ric/ulIIHASSALL.

(39, REDRAWNFROM BRUHL & BISWAS, 1926; 41, FROMRACIBORSKI;38, x 725; 40, x 1000).

G. S. West, 1907); River Sone, Dehri (Bihar), rare-June; River Mahanadi, Cuttack'rare-July, River Cauvery, Ta~ore, rare-December; ponds, Nagpur, stray-April;and Bangalore, stray-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Ubiquitous../

val'. longicorne Reinsch

P. Reinsch, 1867, p 96; inc!. f. granula/urnand f. glabraRcinsch in Salim, 1963,p 212

With longer processes than in the type (Fig. 40 b).

120 CHLOROCOCCALES

H...~~.'.'r. River Mahanadi, Cuttack; River Sone, Dehri, along with the type (!).DI~1'~~UTION.Ubiquitous.

41. p~m constrictum Hassall

" !. ~Iassall, 1845, p 36J, pi 86, f 15-16; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 100, f 60 f."~ 'ilifJlicum Ralfs, 1848, p 188

C0i:W':Smore or less spherical and compact, 16-32 celled. Inner cells manysided an<. vith the front wall sinuous. Marginal cells irregularly two-lobed withshallow ~::us; lobes unequal, with a constriction at the base and ending in stumpyhorns. ,';lonies 36-41 p, in diameter (Fig. 41).

H.~AT. N. E. India (Turner, 1892).Dl~1'.mUTlON. Europe, S. Africa, Madagascar, and India.

42. peciaatrum araneosum (Racib.) Racib.

~Raciborski 1890, P 84; G. M. Smith, 1920,P 168,.pI45, f II -o~r. IIngu!osumvar. araneosum Raciborski, 1889, P 18, pi 2, f 19; E. Lemmermann, 1907,p264~,T IIngulosum var. haynaldii (Istvanffi) Radb., 18890'7. hllynaldii Istv., 1886, P 242'o~>.IIraneosum (Racib.) G. :vf. Smith, 1916 b, P 476",'. boryanum var. haynaldii (Istv.) Playfair, 1918, p 539, pi 57, f 33

C{\:nies circular to oval, of 8-16-32-64 -or more closely arranged cells without

perforatins or with minute perforations. Inner cells 5-6 sided, transverselyelongatC"'"and with the outer side slightly concave. Marginal cells closely arranged,deeply cmrginate and with the two lobes slightly concave on the back. Lobes short

.. and P{\i#:d or rounded at the tip, sometimes with two indentations. Ce1l wallcovered i:y coarsely reticulate ridges without gr~nulations. Cells 15-32 p, indiamete:' fig. 42 b).

H~t:rAT. Planktonic, Gregory take, Ceylon~January. (Lemmermann, l.c.);0'

Suraha Tiu', U.P. (V. P. Singh, 1959).DmunUTION.-Europe, N. AInerica, Ceylon, and Australia.

var. rugulosum (G. S. West) G. M. Smith

:-.r. Smith, 1916 b, p 476, pi 25, f 14H' horyanum var. rugulosum G. S. West, 1907, P 132, pi 5, f22; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, P 102,h} h

n1i:~ from the type in having the sides of cells, where they are in contact withone an~. undulate. . Cells 10-29. p, in diameter. 16-32 celled colonies up to 120,uin diamfC (Fig. 42 a, c):

HJ:Jn'AT. Ponds, CWanakarai, Coorg, abundant-February, Azhicode,

(Kerala. .iliundant-October; rock~pool, Mysore, stray-February; canal, Chalakudi(Kerala. ~ay-February (!).

l)mUBUTION. Europe, N. America, Africa, and India.

PEDIASTRUM

/121

r

..,.

.'J!O'

~

,it!

c

FIG. 42. 42b, Pediaslrum'araneosum (RACIB.) RACIB.; 42 a-c, VAR.rugulosum (G. S. WEST) G. M. SMITH; THE RlDGES'lIEINGSHOWNIN ONLYAFEW CELLS; C, WITH AND a, WITHOUT,PERFORATIONS.

(b, FROMRACIBORSKI;a arid c, X 875).

43, Pediastrum duplex Meyen

F.I.F. Meyen, 1829~ p 772; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 95; G.M. Smith, 1920, p 171, pi 46, fJ4-16;M. ~. Phi1!pose, 1940, p 161, pi 2, f 41 . . /'

=Muras/eTlas.selenaeaKuetzing, 1833, p 604 (=PediaslrumperlusumKuetzing, 1845, p 143=P. napoleonis Ralfs, 1848, p 184

=P. limneticumThunmark, 1945, pp 208-09 (,

Colonies usually of 16-32, sometimes of 4, 8, 64, or 128 cells wit~ small lens-

shaped perforations between cells. Inner cells quadrate to angular andtriot in contact

~. \i

122 CHLOROCOCCALES

at the central portion of the side walls. Inner side of marginal cells concave, outer side

produced into two short truncate processes. Cells (6)-8-21 fl in diameter. 16-celled colonies up to 90 fl in diameter (Fig. 43 a, b).

HABITAT. Parel and Byculla, Bombay (Schmidle, 1900 e); paddy fields andartificial tanks, Ceylon (W. et G. S. West, 1902); ponds, tanks, lakes, canals and rivers,Ceylon (W. B. Crow, 1923); Museum Pond, Madras (Philipose, l.c.); ponds and lakes,Rangoon and Mandalay (Skuja, 1949); River Hooghly (Dutta et. al., 1954); RiverHooghly, Barrackpore, stray-December; ponds, Barrackpore, stray-December,Cuttack, rare-August and May; well, Nandi Hills, Mysore, stray-February (!).

.

43

. -

I -

d

FIG. 43 a-e. a-b, PediastruIII duplex MEYEN; c, YAR. .IubgranulatuIIIRACIB.; d, YAR. genuillulII (A. BRAUN) HANSG.; e, YAR. clathratum (A.BRAUN) LAGERH.

(d, FROM GONZALYES & JOSIO, 1946; a-c,xIOOO; e, x725).

..

PEDIASTRUM

12~DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopolitan.Bruhl and Biswas's P.duplex var. loktakense(1926, p 270, pI 2, f 19) with (8-) 10

(-:32) cells, each with a diameter of 18 fl, is in all probability a Pediastrumduplex proper.

var. asperum (A. Braun) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1886, p 112; W. B. Turner, 1892, p 160=PediastrumpertusuIIIvar. asperuIIIA.Braun, 1855,p 93=P. duplex var. asperuIII A. Braun in C. Bernard, 1908, pp 197-98, f 516-18; J. Brunnthaler1915, p 96, f 57 m

Colony 8-64 celled with the central lacuna large. Marginal cells with thicklobes which end in stout, truncate, toothed, or coarse processes. Cell membraneornamented with small denticulations. 32-64 celled ,colonies up to 200 fl in diameter.Cells 7-35 fl in diameter.

HABITAT.N. E. India (Turner, I.e.); ponds and tanks, Dum Dum, rare-September, Belgharia (W. Bengal), rare-May, Kausalya Ganga (Orissa), rare-November,and Azhicode(Kerala),rare-February (!). ·

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, Africa" India, Jav~, Japan, Siberia, and Paraguay.

var. genuinum (A. Braun) Hansgirg

A. Hansglrg, 1886, p III=PediastruIIIpertusumvar. genuillumA. Braun, 1855,p 95 :=P. duplexvar. gelluinumA. Braun in G. B. Dc Toni, 1889, p 579; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 95,f 57 a; P. Bruht et K. Blswas, 1926, p 269, p18, f 60; E. A. Gonzalves et D. B. Joshi, 1946,pI74"pll,f4 '-=P. gracileA. Braun, 1855, p 93; W. B, Turner, 1892, p 160; M. R. Handa, 1927, pp 261-62,pI. 6, f6

Colonies 4-8-16;-32 celled with fairly large intercellular spaces. Marginalcells with stout processes which are straight or slightly curved. Cell membrane smoothor punctate. Cells 6-18 fl, perforations IIp to 6 fl ~and colonies 45-65 fl in diameter

(Fig. 4-3 d).

HABITAT. N. E. India (Turner, I.e.); Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl et Biswas~I.e.); Royal Lakes,-Rap.goon (Handa, l.c.); pond, Bombay (Go!lzalves et' Joshi, I.e.).

DISTRIBUTION. Europe, W. Africa, India, Burma, Java, and Japan.

"Var. clathratum (A. Braun) Lage~heim ~.

G. Lagerheim, 1882,'p 56 - .~=Pediastrumpertusumvar. clathratumA. Braun, 1855, p 93=P. dllplexvar. clathratrllllA. Braun inJ. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 95, f57 d

Cells with more deeply emarginate sides and larger intercellular spaces than int: ,PediastrumduPlex. Colon1es8-64 celled. Cells 9-25 fl in diameter. Sixteen-celledY~colonies up to 90 fl in diameter (Fig. 43 e, f).l" HABITAT. Lake qolombo, Ceylon, (Holsinger, 1955); planktonic in ponds,

l~es, reservoirs, canals, and rivers in Assam, W. Bengal, Orissa, Madhya Prade~h;.'" .,..

Andhra, Mysore, Madras, and Kerala (!). ~'..' ,. .DISTRIBUTION. Cosmopolitan. .'. .Crow (1923) observed the variety indistinguishably mixed with the type speci~s.'

'.

.~'f:;,.. .. g~

124 CHLOROCOCCALES

var. reticulatum Lagerheim

G. Lagerheim, 1882, P 56, pi 2, CI; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, P 95, C57 h; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 172, pi 47, C4-7

Cells more or less H-shaped with sides of processes of marginal cells nearly

parallel. Intercellular spaces large and oval. Cells 10-20 (-40) P. in diameter.Colonies 8-16 celled, 58-70 #- in diameter (Fig. 43 g).

HABITAT. Gregory and Colombo Lakes, Colombo, Ceylon (Lemmermann,

1907); Kan-gyi (big tank), Mudon, Burma (W. et G. S. West, 1907); Royal Lakes,Rangoon (Handa, 1927); River Cooum, Madras (Iyengar et Venkataraman, 1951);

If

III.

II

tII .II

I

I

I

~

....:~x. '''''

.

..

~_""'_ r$.~C.. :.~ .... . .. ~...

43

g

FIG 43.' f-i. Pediastrtifn duPlex MEYEN; f. VAR. clathratum (A.BR.)LAGERH.;g. VAR.reticulatumLAGERH.;hand i, VAR.grt.2cillimumW. & G. S.

WEST.(C,X 1500; g, X 1000; h, x 725).

and' rivers in W. Bengal, Orissa,ponds, tanks, filter. beds, lakes, reservoirs, canals,Andhra, Madras, Mysore, and Kerala (I).

DISTRIBUTION. Cosmopolitan.

, '.' .. var. graciWmUIDW. et G. S. WestW..,and G.s: West. 1895 b. p 52; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 95; G.M. Smith, 1920, p 172. pi 47.;f 8-11, pi 48. f 1-2. . .=Pedjastrum gracillimum'(W. et G. S. West) Thunmark, 1945. p 219

PEDIASTRUl\I 125

t!

Colonies with very large intercellular spaces. Cells very narrow, as broad ornarrower than the processes. Body of marginal cells curved outwards and with wolong processes with emarginate apices. Inner cells also similar to marginal cells b twith shorter processes. Cells 10-18' 5 (-22) P. broad, 12-25 (-32) P. long. Pedor-tions 4-16 p. in diameter. Sixteen celled colonies 65-140 p. in diameter (Fig. 43~. ')'

HABITAT. Pool, Companygu~. Assam (Biswas. 1934); Museum Pond. Ma as(Philipose. 1940)j Gregory lake, Colombo (Holsinger, 1955); Ramgarh and raha, Tals " U.P.(V. P. Singh, 1959); ponds, tanks, swamps, lakes. reservoirs, canals, andrivers in W. Bengal, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Orissa. Andhra, Madras, Mysore, andKerala (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopolitan.Though the varieties clathratum,-reticulatum,and gracillimumgradually merge into

one another, Smith (l.c.) suggested that these varieties should be recognized since theindividuals from any parti<:ular locality observed by him varied .only within narrowlimits. Crow (1923) found these varieties almost indistinguishable in the collectionsexaminea by him. The author also observed a certain degree of overlapping between.these varieties. Howc::ver, it was possible to distinguish them without much difficulty.

var. subgranulatum Raciborski

M. Raciborski, 1889, p 23, pi 2, f 28; J. Brunnthaler, 1915. p 95, f 57 i; P. Bruhl andK. Biswas. 1926, p 269, pi 6, f 43 a-b

Colonie~ 8-16-32-64 celled. Dells and intercellular spaces more or le~ as inthe type of the species, but the cell wall distinctly granulate. Cells 10-25 /J in diameter.

Colonies 16-64 celleo, 100-180 p. in diameter (Fig. 43 c,j). .R\HABITAT. Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl et Biswas, i.e.); ponds and tanks,

Dum Dum, 'common-October, Belgharia (West Bengal), rare-May; Kujang;..,a'ndCuttack. rare-February; Mettur (Madras), stray-December; Azhicode (Kerala).rare-February, and October and Ochira (Kerala), ab,undant-February; swamp,,Kausalya Ganga, rare-April (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopolitan.Smith (19i8) did not consider the granulation of the cell wall a sufficient

Characteristic to distinguish varieties nor did he recognize this variety. Since the smoothand .granulate forms were not found together by the author in any of his collections,the granulate form'is retained here as a separate variety. l'

var. rugulosum Raciborski

M. Raciborski, 1889, p 24, pi 2. f29; J. Brunnthaler. 1915;p 96. f 57 k; G.W. Prescott, 1951.~'p 224. pi 49, f 3

. . ~olonies usually oval to elliptical with (8-) 16-32 (-64) cells having ~ lens-: .shaped perforations. Inner cells nearly rectangular or many sided. .Margiii~l cells~:in lateral contact up to the middle. Processes short and ending in 'two spines.)Valls irregularly undulate and granular. Cells 11-15 (-25) p. in diameter. ,. Coloniesi40-86 (-240) P. in diameter (Fig. 43 m). '" ~."

,~.... .',.

126 CHLOROCOCCALES

43

FIG. 43 j-m. j, Pediastrum duplex MEYEN VAR. subgranulatum RAcm.;k, I, VAR. coronatum RACIB.; m, VAR. rugulosum RACIB. .

(k, FROMRACIBORS~ j, k, x 1000; ix 500)..

HABITAT. In a freshwater aquarium, Bombay::-February (Dixit, 1937).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, India, Java, and Japan.

var. coronatum Raciborski

M. Raciborski, 1889, p 24;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 96, f 57 I; P. Bruhl and K. Biswas, 1926,p 270, pI 15, f 159

Colonies 16-32-64 celled. Inner cells four cornered with a small lens-shapedperforation in front and another at the back. Marginal cells usually longer than broadand in" lateral contact along one-third the length. Processes of marginal cells endingin short spines. Cell membrane with a net""\york of punctae. Inner cells 18-'26 fIbroad, 18-25 p long. Marginal cells 21...:25fI broad, 25-26 fI long. Colonies120-214 p in'diameter (Fig. 43 k, I).

HABITAT. Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl et Biswas, l.e.); ponds and tanks,Du.m Dum, stray-October,'Hyderabad, common-January, very common-February,

I.

PEDIASTRUM 127

44

FIG. 44. Pediastrum biradiatum MEYEN NONRALFS; a, TYPE; b-d, VAR.lon!!ecornutum GUTWINSKI.

- (a, FROMA. BRAUN; b-d, x 1000).

Nandi Hills, Mysore, abundant-February; Azhicode and Ochira (Kerala), rara-February; common-October (!).DISTRIBUTION. Europe, W~"Mrica, India.

Pediastrum biradiatum .Meyen

. - F.I. F. Meyen, 1829, P' 773, pI 43, f 21-22; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 105, f 66 a;G. M. Smith, 1920, p 173, pI 48, f 5-8=MicrasteriasRotuLaEhrenberg, 1838, p 158, p] II, f 7 b-c=PediastrumRotula (Ehr.) Braun, 1855, p 101, nonKuetzing, 1845, p ]43

- !

Colonies 4-8-16-32-64 celled (usually 8-16-32 cell~d)" with medium sizedperforations. Marginal celIs in contact at the base only, and provided with two lobes

.. formed by an incision reaching the middle of the cell. Lobes dilated and incised at

the apex. Inner cells with lobes which are neither dilate nor incised. Cells 9-22 pboard, 15-30 p long. Colonies 32-celled, 80-150 p in diameter (Fig. 44 a).

HABITAT. Among other algae, Tanuggyi Pond, Burma (Skuja, 1949).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. and S. America, W. Africa, Burma, China, Japan,and Siberia.

128 CHLOROCOCCALES

var. longecornututll Gutwinski

R. Gutwinski, 1896, P 35, pI. 7, f64; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, P lOS, f66 c=Pediastrum biradiatul/i var. Braunii (Wartm.) Chodat in G. I. Playfair, 1918, p 539, pI 57,f35

Differs from the type in the lobes of marginal cells being bifid instead of being

just incised as in the type of the species and in the lobes ending in long horn likeprocesses. Colonies four-celled with a central perforation or 8-16 celled with a circularto oval outline and with 4-8 perforations. Cells slightly concave at the sides and thebase. Cell membrane smooth or punctate. Cells 8-15 I'- broad, 14-24 I'- long.,Four-celled colony 30 I'- and eight-celled colony up to 63 I'- in diameter (Fig. 44 b-d).

HABITAT. Fishery bundh, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore (W. Bengal),

stray-December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri, rare-April; ponds; Mercara, andChikkanakarai (Coorg), stray-February; Chalakudi (Kerala), stray-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, India, Japan, and Australia.

Apart from the long horns characteristic of the variety, Brunnthaler (probablyafter Gutwinski-!l0t referred to by the author in original) refers to the alga as beingfour-ce.11ed. In the author's material, colonies with. ,4, 8 or 16 cells were encoun-tered, and in all the horns were markedly long.

The alga referred by Playfair (l.c.)to P. biradiatumvar. Braunii (Wartm.)Chodat (1902), which, is synonymous to P. Braunii Wartmann (in Wartmann e~ Schenck,1862, No. 32), is no doubt a P. biraqiatumvar.longecornutumsince the horns of its marginalcells are very long unlike those of P. Braunii which are much shorter and often irregul~r(seeBig~ard, 1935, f-l5.5-58). Pliyfair's alga is also more than four-c-elled.

45. Pediastrum tetras (Ehr.) Ralfs

J. Ralfs, 1844, p 469, pi 12, f4;'W. B. Tumer~ 1892, p 159; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, P 103, f 64 a;G. M. Smith, 1920, pp 173-74, pi 48, f 9-12; P. Bruhl and K. Biswas, 1926, P 271, pI 2, f 18a-b, pi 6, f 42=Micrasterias Tetras Ehrenberg, 1838, P 155=Pediastrum Rotuta Kuetzing, 1845, P 143; C. Naegeli, 1849, p 95, non A. Braun, 1855, P 101;W. B. Turner, 1892, P 160=P. biradiatum_Ralfs, 1848, p 183 non Meyen, 1829, P 773=P. Ehrenbergii (Corda) A. Braun, 1855, p 97; P. Bruhl and K. Biswas, 1922, P 13, piS, f 31.=P. ineavatumTurner, 1892, P 160, pi 21, f 21 . - -=P.tetrasvar. anamotumHanda, 1927, p 261, pi 6, f 4 and P. incavatumv~r. irregularumHanda, I.e., pl. 6, f 5

Colonies rectangular, oval, or circular of 4-8-16 (-32) cells without intercellular

spaces. Marginal cells divided into two lobes by a deep linear to cuneate incision onthe outer side reaching to the middle of the cell. Each lobe truncate, slightly

emarginate, or further divided into two lobes. Inner 'cells 4-6 sided with a single linearincision. Diameter of cells 5-15 (-27) 1'-' Eight-celled colonies 20-33 I'- and II)..celled colonies up to 50 I'- in diameter.

HABITAT. N. E. India (Turner, l.c.); Parel and Matunga, Bombay (Schmidle,

1900 e); paddy fields, pools and tanks, Ceylon (W. et G. S. West, 1902); stream,Mansang near Hsipaw, Burma (W. et G. S. West, 1907); filter beds, Bengal (Bruhl,et Biswas, 1922, l.c.); Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl et Biswas, 1926, l.c.); ditches,

PEDIASTRUM 129

Sadiya, Assam (N. Carter, 1926); Royal Lakes, Rangoon (Handa, l.c.); freshwater,pool, Companygunj, Assam (Biswas, 1934); ponds, Bombay (Dixit, 1937, Gonzalveset Joshi, 1946); ponds and lakes near Mandalay and Rangoon (Skuja, 1949); lake,Colombo, Ceylon (Holsinger, 1955,); ponds, Banaras (Venkataraman, 1957); gutsof anopheline larvae, Damodar Valley, Bihar (Kachroo, 1959); River Sone, Dehri(Bihar), stray-March; ponds and tanks, Cuttack, stray-July, common-August,

. rare-April and May; Nuapara (Cuttack), stray-February; Phulbani and Sambalpur,stray-December; Nagpur, rare-April; Ootacamund, rare-June; Chikkanakarai andMercara (Coorg), stray to rare-February; and Azhicode (Kerala), stray-February;Moat, Cuttack, stray-May; canal, chalakudi (Kerala), stray-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Ubiquitous.Handa's var. i"egularum (1927, l.c.) with its marginal cells irregularly developed

and having both the processes of one of the lobes short and flat and those of the otherlobe elongate and pointed, does not appear to be a significant variation from the typeof the species. I t is also not certain whether this lack of distinct' processes in one ofthe lobes is a constant character or whether it is only the juvenile stage of the alga.Handa's P. tetras var. anamolum (Handa, l.c., pI 6, f 4) also-appears to'be a doubtfulvariety. Both these varieties are considered here along with the type of thespecies.

var. tetraodoD (Corda) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1886, p 112; G. M. Smith; 192'0, p 174, pI 48, f 13-14, pi 49, f 1-2; V. P. Singh,1959, pp 253, 255 , - ,=Euastrum tetraodon Corda, 1839, p 238, pI 2, f 9=Peditlftrum ehrenbergii var. tetraodon (Corda) Rabenhorst, 1868, p 78=P. tetras Var. tetraodon (Corda) Rabenhorst in J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 103=P. tetras var. burmanieum Handa, 1927, p 261, pI 6, f3

Colonies 4-8-16 celled. Incision of cells deep with the -lobes adjacent to theincision of the marginal cells very pronounced; Cells 8-18 I'- in diameter (Fig. 45d, e, g). _ ,

HABITAT.Royal Lakes,Rangoon(Handa, l.c.);Ramgarh and Suraha ' Tals" - _D.P. (Singh, l.c.); ponds, CJ1etput, Madras-April, 1942; Azhicode, Kerala, rare-February (!). ,-

DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopolitan.Handa's var. burmanicumdiffers from var. tetraodononly in the unequal length of

the lobes and this feature does not seem sufficient to treat it as a separatevariety. "I

var. excisum (Rabenh.) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1886, p 112Pediastrum ehrenbergii var. exeisum Rabenhorst, 1868, p 78P. tetras var. tetraodonRabenhorst in J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 104, f 64 b-c

a and b W. et G. S. West); H. Skuja, 1949, p 62(incl. forma

~-,

Differs from the type in the lobes being more or less deeply concave, (Fig. 45 f).

~~ '..,~ ..;..,' . .- ... ..-~ '

CIILOROCOCCALES

130

HABITAT. Ponds and lakes, Mandalay and Rangoon-April and November

(Skuja, l.c.); swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri, rare-April; pond, Azhicode (Kerala),rare-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopolitan.

ffi ~~~~;e

w~@~~~CJ~b

a

mf

FIG. 45. Pediastrum tetras (EHR.) RALFS; a-c, TYPE; d, e and g, VAR.tetraodon (CORDA) RABENH.; f, VAR. exCisum(RABENH.) HANSG.; h,? VAR.tipieulatum FRITSCH.

(a, FROM G. M. SMITH, 1920; b, FROM GONZALVES & JOSHI, 1946;

C, FROM CHODAT; d-e) x 1000; f-h, x 1500).

It is quite possible that the records of P. tetras .from India. by various authorslight incl~de records of var. tetraodon and var. excisum as well, since, apart from the '"

.ct that these varieties might not have been accepted by all the authors concerned,Ie difference in structure betwee!l the type of the species and these va.rieties are easilyrerlooked under low magnifications. Thu~, in Bruhl and Biswas (1926) pt 6, f 42almost like a var. excisum ( also seeBigeard, 1935, f 151). 'f.

One of the colonies (Fig. 45 h) fr,om Azhicode had processes with apical nodular "-

lickenings as in P. tetras var. apiculatum Fritsch (in 'Fritsch and Stevens: 1921, pia,

! A-D). The colony was 24' 6 fl in diameter with cells 14-17' 6 fl in diameter. Owinginsufficiency of material it could not be decided whether the alga belonged to this

Iriety.

Somespeciesof Pediastrum not recordedfrom the Indian region

P. aeanthostep/zanosSamano, 1932,p 235P. a/ternans Nygaard, 1949,p 42, f 16P. bidentulumA. Braun, 1855, p 91P. brauniiWartmann in Wartmann et Schenk, 1862, Fasc. 1, No. 32

=P. trieon/utumBorge, 1892, p 4P. eoelastroidesWoloszynska, 1914, P 194P. eompaetumBennett, 1886, p 5, pi I, f 4-5 , ."

PEDIASTRUM 131

}

P. glanduliferum Bennett, 1892, p 7P. heimii Bourrelly (see below)P. kawraiskyi Schmidle, 1897, p 269P. obtllsum Lucks, 1907, p 43

=P. quadricon/utum Prescott, 1944, p 356, pi I, f 11P. praecox Morosowa-Wodianitzkaja, 1923, p 22

"P.sculptatum G.M. Smith, 1916 h,p475,pI25,fI3P. sorastroides Woloszynska, 1914, p 194P. tetrapodum Morosowa-Wodianitzkaja, 1923, p 29P. trieusPidatllm Conrad, 1949, p 90, f 2P. westi Woloszynska, 1914, p 194

Four species of fossil Ped;astmm, viz. P. b;.fidites-, P. delieatites, P. kajaites and P. pa/eogeneites have also· been recorded by Wilson and Hoffmeister (1953, pp 755-60) from Paleozene age. This genus of algae

had not been known earlier than Pleistocene.Evitt, (1963) reports that fossils of Pediastrum, an alga that today lives exclusively in freshwater, occur

in marine sediments in Pakistan (Lower Cretaceous) and California (Upper Cretaceous). Therefore, fossilPediastrum does not (as has been assumed) establish the fresh water origin of its enclosing sediments. Thegenus, according to him, ranges back at least to the Lower Cretaceous, and known Cretaceous forms closelyresemble some modern ones. The Pakistan material was obtained from core samples from severale,xploratory wells drilled by the Standard-Vacuum Oil Company east of Hyderabad in West Pakistan,in marine shales in association with hystrichospheres, dinoflagellates, spores and pollen. Specimens ofPediastrum were reasonably common in one sample (about 10 being noted in scanning two prepared slides)and rare (14 in eight slides) in a second sample stratigraphically 850 feet below the first in the same well.Preservation of specimens was poor to fair, buHt left no doubt that the best represented species (if morethan one was present) is similar to P. bOI)'anrun, with compact 8- to '64- celled coenobia and 2-pointed

-marginal cells.P. biwae Negoro (1954, pp 135-38) has been considered by Fukushima (1956) as a variety of

P. simplex under the name var. biwaense (Negoro) Fukushima. Bigeard (1935, p 342) consideredP.praecox,gs a coelastroid form of.P. bOI)'anum and P. tetropodllm as a P. biradiatum. However, Korshikov(1953,p 226) recognizedthe latter as a speciesclistinctfromP. biradiatum. '

There has been corisiderable difference of opinion with regard to the characteristics used forspecific determinations o(Pediastrum. The presence or absence of perforations between cells and theirsizes, the number of proce~es from the marginal cells and their arrangemeni (whether in the same planeor in different planes), the shapes of cells, the presence or absence of granulations, reticulations,etc. in the

.cell membrane, the nature of the sinus in the peripheral cells (whether open or closed) and the presenceor absence of glandular thickenings at the ends of processes have been some of the characters generallyused in the classification into species and varieties. However, Bigeard (1934) considered the largeness oflacunae, furcations of processes and length of apices, grouping of cells, ornamentations and undulations ofcell membrane and the swellings and teeth at the ends of arms all relative terms which describe onlyhabitat forms, stages of development, particulars of morphology of coenobe and disposition of cells. Inhis opinion, only the presence or absence of perforations and the number and arrangement of processes

{,from the marginal cells should be the sole criteria for determining the species. Thus, he recog"nized only" eight European spccies known up to the time, viz. P. simplex, P. kawraiskyi-, P. duplex, P. _biradiatum,

l' boryanum,.P. angulosum, P. tetras and P. braun;i, and he suppressed all other species and varieties known up.to the tim<E' This drastic simplification, th.ough convenient, has not met ,with general acceptance,'~ough some authors like G. M. Smith (1918, 1920) believed that ornamentations like punctae and the.slze of perforations do not provide any valuable basis for classification into species. Bigeard (I. c.)considered P. bidentulum A. Braun arid P. seulptatum G.M. Smith as synonymous to P. duplex; P. mutieum,P. inlegrum, 1'. compactum, P. glanduliferulII and P. sele>laeaKuetz. (1845) as synonymous to P. boryanum;

,.and P. obtusum as synonymous to P. tetras. -I.,. According to M. Lefevre and P. Bourrelly (Compte Rt>ldus, 208, 1939, P 368), ornamentation of cclls; In Pediastrum is perfectly stable, contrary to the opinion of certain authors. Bourrelly (1940), after. ~~~erimentation, rccognizcd the following species and varieties: P. boryanum and its variety lougicoT>le

:~'Reinseh; P. integrum; P. tetras \'ar. tetraodou; P. angulosum; P. duplex, and its varieties coronatll7nRacib.,,asperum A. Braun., cohaerensBohlin and clathratum A. Br.; P. biradiatum, var. IOl/gecoTnutum Gutwinski.;

(1'. simPlex, (Meyen) Lemm. and P. clathratum (Schroeter) Lemmermann. Besides these, he stated, there':,are P. kawraiskyi, Schmidle and P. braun;i Wartmann, which are contested by some people, and(f. heimii Bourrelly, a new species from Madagascar, for which Bourrelly (I. c.) promised the diagnosis

~.?n a later date. Pediastrum clathratum is also recognized by Skuja (1948). However, in the present account!,.Itis treated .as a synonym. of P. simplex ~ar. duoden~rium, follo~ing in this. respect G. M. Smith (1918):~ Korshlkov (1953), adopted the 'elght species recogl11zed by Blgeard (1934-35), but retamcd,'P. letrapodum as the ninth species.

(~

-Mathur (Sci. & Cult., 29 (5) : 250, 1963) has reported the same alga from maceration of a!¥11pleof sediments from Subathu formation (eocene in Himachal Pradesh, India).I: "See addendum. .~

.-

132 CHLOROCOCCALES

XVIII. Genus SORASTRUM Kuetzing, 1845, p 144

Colonies more or less spherical, 4-8-16-32-128 (usually 16-32-64) celled.Cells sublunate, reniform, pyriform, -subtriangular or rarely ovoid, with one to fourspines from the outer face and a gelatinous stalk from the inner side. The stalks ofall cells united at the centre to form a mucilaginous sphere. Chloroplast parietal andwith a pyrenoid. Adult cells multinucleate.

Reproduction by zoospores which are liberated into a vesicle as in Pediastrum.They group together with their colourless ends towards the centre, where stalks aresecreted.

Two species are known from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE SPF;CIES

1. Cells with 2 spines from the outer face; cells small and spherical to ovoid.. S. bengalicum

2. Cells with 4 spines from the outer face; cells reniform to cuneate or subtriangular and broader thanlong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S. spinulosum

46. Sorastrum bengalicum sp. novo

Coloniae plus minus sphaericae, 16-32 cellulares, cellulis plus minusve compacte dispositis.Cellulae sphaericae vel ovoideae, duplici brevi spina ex facie exteriore et stipite brevi .ex interiore facieornatae. Contenta fusca. Cellulae 3.5-5.3 p. in diam.; colonia 32-cellularis 25,. diam.

HASITAT.Vagat inter filamenta Oedogoniiin campo percolationisad Barrackpore,Bengaliaoeci.dentali, mense aprili anni 1949. Species servata in formaldehido (Coil. No. II) in C. 1. F. R. Sub-station, Cuttack.

Colonies -more or less spherical, 16-32 celled with ~he cells more or Jess com-pactly arranged. Cells spherical to ovoid with two short spines from the outer faceand a short stalk from the inner. Cell contents dark. Cel:ls 3'5-5'3 p in diameter;Thirty-two-celled colony up to 25 p in diameter_ (Fig. 46).

HABITAT.Among filaments of Oedogoniumin a filter bed at Pulta Water Works,Barrackpore, W. Bengal (!). .

DISTRIBUTION.. India (Bengal).The alga is somewhat like SorastrllmsimPlex Wille (seeBrunnthaler, 1915, p 200,

f 325) in the shape of the colony and of the cells, but unlike S. simPlex,which is abouteight-celled and with a single spine trom the..outer face, the present alga is more-celled-,and with two spines from the outer face. The cell dimensions-are also smaller thanin S. simPlex, the cells of which are 13 p broad and 9 plong. In the presence ofla'rger "number of cells and two spines from each cell, the alga shows some resemblance tdS. bidentatumReinsch (seeBrunnthaler, 1915, p 200, f 326), but the spines in the latterare very small and the cells are kidney shaped. The present. alga may, therefore,be considered as a new species under the name S. bengalicum.

47. Sorastrum spinulosum Naegeli

C. Naegeli, 1949, p 99, fDa-Dd; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p20l, f328;-G."M. Smith,1920, p 163,~~f~ .=Soras/rum cornu/um Reinsch, 1875, p 73, pi 6, f I only=S. spinulosum var. crassispinosum Hansgirg.=S. crassispinosum (Hansg.) Bohlin, 1897a, p 39, pi. 2, f 34-37=S. indicum Bernard, 1908, pp 199-200, f 531-32- .

HYDRODICTYON 133

Colonies of 4-8-16-32 cells. Cells reniform to cuneate, three angled and witha short stalk from the basal angle and two short pointed spines from each of the outer

angles. Chloroplast parietal with a single pyrenoid. Cells 8-20 p broad, 6-18 p longand 5-8 p thick. Spines 4-8 p long. Eight-celled colony 26'4 p in diameter.Sixteen-celled colony 35 p (Fig. 47).

~

'[<,

FIGS. 46-47. 46, SOTar/rumbengalicum NOV.; 47, S. spinulosum NAEGELI. ()(' ] 500).

HABITAT. Bombay (Carter, 1869); among Utricularia,Bengal and Khasia (Turner,1892); paddy fields, Heneratgodha (W. et G. S. West, .1902); ditch at the edge of rice

field, Sadiya, ""affi (Cacter, 1926) ; Pond, Bombay (Go",al"", et Jo,hi, 1946) ;among decaying macroflora in a moat at Cuttack, rather common-April;' among· decomposing. weeds, cement cistern, Cuttack, rare~une; pool, Hyderabad, stray_

. January (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. and S. America, Jamaica, Africa, India, Ceylon,;Java, China, Siberia, Japan, and New Zealand.

f . Printz (1927) treated Sorastrumcrassispinosum(Hansg.) Bohlin as a distinct species,,; but Brunnthaler (op. cit.) treated it as synonymo,us to S. spinulosum. Apart from ilie:<a., that tho 'pin" ac, IDO«ddieate and po;ntodin S. ""''''I;'''Mn than ;n S. 'P;""t'Mn,'tl1ere is hardly any difference between the two. " .

Some species of Sorastrum.not recordedfrom the Indian region

S. atnericanum (Bohlin) SChmidle, ]900 d, P 230

=Selenosphaerium americanum Bohlin, ]897 a, p 40, pI 2, f 38-4]S. bidenla/um Reinsch, ]866, p ]34, p] 20, fD-ivS. echina/um (Menegh.) Kuetzing, ]845, p 144S. minimum Scbmidle See]. Brunntha]er, p. 200, f 327

S. simplex WiJle. ]879, p 29, pi 12, f 7 .

S. ha/hoTis (Cohn) Schmid Ie (1900 d, P 230) is only S. spinulosum var. ha/horis (Cohn) Lem.mermann (1910, p 3]]) .

XIX. Genus HYDRODICTYON Roth, 1800, p 531

r Macroscopic, free-floating, closed cylindrical or flattened single-layered, net-likee"'loni" of ""'''01 hnn"',d to many thou..nd ,d!, whicl,are eylindrieal,eoeoocyti,

134 CHLOROCOCCALES

with large central uacuole. Reticulation of colony 3-12 (generally 5-6) sided.Chloroplast parietal and with a single pyrenoid in young cells, but diffuse with anumber of pyrenoids in old cells.

Asexual reproduction by the formation of a large number of biciliate zoosporesfrom each cell, which arrange themselves inside the cell as in the mature colony andlater get liberated by the gelatinization or-the old mother cell wall, or they form, germ nets', each coenocyte of which later producing a daughter net. Zoosporessometimes liberated to form haploid -hypnospores.

Sexual reproduction by isogametes which are smaller than zoospores and whichfuse after liberation. The zygote germinates into 2-8 zoospores which rest and formpolyhedral cells which later give rise to a number of zoospores. These form a net asin asexual reproduction.

Two species are known from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

1. Coenocytes cylindrical and not generally separating at maturity; cell wall 2-layered and uniform;coenocytcsup to 250p.broad and up to 1.5 cm long < ~ .H. retieulatum

2. Coenocytes cylindrical and separating at maturity; cell wall thick and lamellated and with knob-like projections into protoplasm; coenocytes up to 1000 p.broad and 1.6 cm long ............

H. indieum

48. Hydrodictyon reticulatum (Linn.) Lagerheim

G. Lagerheim, 1883, p 71; j. Brunnthaler;1915, p 107, f68\ G. M. Smith, 1920, p 166, pi 44,f6, pi 45, f I; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 219, pi 47, f 1=Conferva retieulata Linnaeus, 1753, p 1635=Hydrodictyon utrieulatum Roih, 1800, p 531=H. pentagonum Vauch., 1800, p 88

Colonies reticulate, meshes pentagonal, or hexagonal. Cells elongate-cylindrical.Cell wall two-layered. Cells up to 250 ft broad and up to I' 5 cm 1<;mg. Nets up to10 cm long. (Fig. 48).

-HABITAT. Lake in Poona town (SchriUdle, 1900e); Tardi river near Niakot,Nepal, ~nd Suket (Carter, 1926); in pools, rivulets and rarely in brackish water alongwith ~ntero"!orphaproliftra at Borivali, Bombay, and Poona (Dixit, 1937); iii runningsoiled trench water, Rangoon (Skuja, 1949); ponds, Banaras, D.P. (G. S. Venkata-raman, 1957); cultures of pond soil from Cuttack-November (leg. T. Ramaprabhu)!

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread.

49. Hydrodictyon indicum. Iyengar

M.O.P. Iyengar, 1925, p 316, pi 1-4

Nets resembling those of Hydrodictyonreticulatum (L.) Lagerh., but mesh~s andcells very much larger; cells, when living, very turgid', and nets, therefore, very brittleand easily breaking up into individual coenocytes on handling; cells deeply green,cylindrical and very big, about I mm thick and 10-16 mm long; cell wall very thick,

L~ "

I-IYDRODICTYON

135

49 d

'r FIG. 48-49. 48, Hydrodictyon retieulatum (LINN.) LAGERH.; 49, H. indicum," IYENGAR; 49 a, A NUMBEROF KNOB-UKE LAMELLATEDINGROWTHSOF THE CELL

WACL; 49b, SURFACEVIEW OF CELL WALL,THE KNOBSAPPEARINGASROUNDwmtMOREOR LESSCONCENTRICALLYARRANGEDLAMELLAE;49 c, PARTOF THE SECTIONOF A COENOCVTE;49 d, r, KNOB-LIKE PORTION OF WALL PROTRUDING INTOPROTOPLASMICLAYER; y, PYRENOID; Z, NUCLEUS; X; PROTOPLASMICLAYERINSIDE; W, WALL OP COENOCYTEWITH OUTER TWN TOUGH LAVER AND INNERTWCK LAMELLATEDPORTION.

(48 a, FROM:G. S. WEST, 1916; 48 b, FROM:KLEBS; 49 a-d, AFTERIYENGAR, 1925).

~and Iamellated with num"""" "'o,~ knob-like po,tio", of the od1 wall projecting'into the thin layer _ofprotoplasm inside (Fig. 49). ,

HABITAT.., In a rainwater pool at Madras (Iyengar, ,I.e.).

i-DISTRIBUTION. India and ? S. Africa~(seeNygaard, 1932). _

. According to Fritsch (1935), this alga is a larger form of Hydrodictyonreticulaturn;'with bigger cells and meshes and thick lamellated walls. However, unlike H. reticula_

,:,..., thk .pecie, I. very brittle, b'eaking up io", bl. =ily wben taken ont of ~t«,'~i ,and the cell wall is thick and lamellated with knob-like protrusions into the protoplasm!"'de. So, th"", 'ppeon to be every j",tifiea60n 1o treating It '" a diOtinet .peci",.

In her account of South African Hydrodictyon with notes on known species ofil1Ydrodictyon,Pocock (I 93 i) also recognized H. indicum.'-~

. Species of Hydrodictyon not recordedfrom the Indian regionH. afrieanum Yamanouchi, 1913, pp 74-79H. patenaiforme Pocock, 1937, p 264, Text-f I

H. lertiarum Koriba et Miki-see Fukushima, 1956, p 6

.~

""-........;-..rAft _ @)

4!' 49a., ....... .......

I136

CHLOROCOCCALES

Genera belonging to the Hydrodictyoideae not recordedfromthe Indian region

EuastropJiJ Lagerheim, 1894, monospecific : /

E. richleri (Schmid Ie) Lagerh., 1894, p 20, pi I, f 8-27= EuaJtrum richteri Schmidle, 1894, p 60, pi 7, f 25

Soropediastrum Wille, 1924, p 432, with two species:S. kerguelenJCWille, 1924, p 433

, S. rotundatum Wille, 1924, p 433

According to Bigeard (1935, p 327) the two species of Soropediastrum show a great resemblance tocoelastroid forms of PediaJtrum, ,

Subfamily TETRAEDRONOIDEAE

XX. Genus TETRAEDRON Kuetzing, 1845, p 129

Cells solitary, free floating, flat, isodiametric or twisted, triangular, quadrate orpolyangular. Angles simple, with or without spines. Cell wall smooth, granular orverrucose. Chloroplasts one to many, parietal or disciform and with or withoutpyrenoids. -

Reproduction usually by autospores formed by the simultaneous division of thecell content..., mrelyby biflagellate zoospores.

Twenty-five species are known from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

I. Angles of cells without papilla, spines or processesA. Cells triangular

a. CelIs flat

i. Sides of eelIsdeeply Concaveand angles rounded T. trilobulatum(p 137).

ii. Sides of cells slightly concave and angles more or less pointed. . . . T. muticum (p 137)-

b. Cells depressed lateralIy in the form of a hemisphere. . . . . . . . . . T. ,hemi~phaericum(p 138)B. Cells 9uadrangulara. Sides of cells deeply emarginate ....... '" .. .. ... ......" T. minimumJp 138)

, b. Sides of cells slightly emarginate. . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . ::,. .. . . . . . . T. tumiJulum(p 139)C. Celh pentangular

- a. CelIs_regular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. Jimmeri(p 139)

,b. Cells irregular and sometimes with six sides. . . . , . .. . . . . '_'. . .. . . . ; .-. . . T. gigf!s (p 141)II. Angles of cells with papiIIae or spines _ ,

A. Cellswith2-3 angles... .. .. .. . . . . .. .. .. : .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . . T. proleiforme (p 141)

B. CelIs triangular T. trigonum (p 142)C. CelIs quadrangular

a. Cells regular... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. quadratum(p 145)b. CelIs irregular 'i. CelIs pyramidal

+Angles of celIs rounded and with one spine ..Sides nearly straight, Convex'or slightly concave T. regulare(p 145)

- ,,Sides deeply concave : T. inCUJ(p 148)

+ + Angles of cells truncate to concave and with two spines... . . . T. bifureatum (p 148)

ii. Halves of cells tWisted over one another. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. victorieae (p 150)

'.'

TETRAEDRON 137

D. Cellspentangulari. All angles in'the same plane , ... , .. .. , , T. caudatum(p 150)

ii. Allanglesnot in the sameplane.. T. pentaedricum(p 151)

E. Cells octagonal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. octaedricum (p 152)

,III. Angles of cells produced into processesA. Processes not branched T. hastatum (p 153)

B. Process('.s bifid .. . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . T. bifidum(p 154)

C. Processes bra~<;hed .........................................................a. AII processes in the same plane

i . Processes long and welI branched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. gracile(p 154)

ii. Processes short and not welI branched T. cruciatum(p 155)

b. Processes not alI in the same planeCells isodiametric

+ Processes short. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. enorme (p 157)

+ + Processes longWith-more than three series of branches. ...................................

T. lobulatumvat'. polyfurealum (p 158)With never more than three series of branchesDiameter of celI bodfless than length o~processes T. limnelicum(p 158)

ii. Cells cruciate.. . . . . : . . . . . . . . .-.. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T:. pUJillum (p 159)

50. TetraedroD trilobulatum (ReinscN Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1889,p 18;G. B. De Toni, 1889,p 600 .

=Polyedrium lrilobulatum Reinsch, 1888, p 498, pi 4, f 5= Telraedron trilo&alum (Reinsch)'Hansgirg inJ. Brunrithaler, 1915, p 146, f 152; E. A. Gonzalves

and D. B.Joshi, 1946. p 174, p12, f3' -

Cells triangular, sides 'equal in length, and deeply concave. Angles of cellsbroadly rounded. Cell membrane thick and smooth. Cells up to 25 I-' in diameter

'(Fig. 50).HABITAT. In a tank near Bombay (Gonzalves and Joshi, l.c.).DISTRIBUTION.Europe and India. I

I

J[51. TetraedroD muticum (A. Braun) Hansgirg

I.'c A.-Hansgirg, 1888, p 131; J.Brunnthaler, 1915,p 146,f 153;G. M. Smith, 1926,p 172,pi 6,'f 4-9; G. W. Prescott, 1951,p 267, pi 60, f 16-17; incl., forma minimumReinsch-Jee J.Brunnthaler 1915, p 147; E. A. Gonzalves and D. B.Joshi, 1946, p 174, pi 2, f4=Polyedrium mulicum A. Braun, 1855, p 94 and P. mulicum f. minimum R~insch, 1888, p 498,pi 4, J 2 a '

Cells, small, flat and triangular with the sides slightly concave and angles broadly'ounded or truncate. Cell wall smooth. Cells 6-30 I-' in diameter (Fig. 51 a, b).

HABITAT. Ponds and tanks, Bombay (Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946); Barrackpore,:~ay-March and April, Cuttack, rather common-July, stray-March and August;,.uapara (Cuttack), stray-February; Bhopal, stray-July, Raipur (M.P.), stray-:pril, and Visakhapatnam, Stray-December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga (Puri),

, .y-April; reservoir, Jabalpur, stray-April (!).

J

138 CHLOROCOCCALES

The alga observed by the author had only a diameter of 7-12' 5 po and agreed

better with the American alga measuring 6-18 po (Prescott, op. cit.) than with the

European alga measuring 12-30 po in diameter (Brunnthaler op. cit.).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, 'tV. Africa and Rhodesia, Siberia, India,and China.

52. Tetraedron hemisphaericum Skuja

H. Skuja, 1949, p 64, pi 10, f 28-31

Cells triangular in vertical view, concave and depressed in the form of ahemisphere in lateral view, angles broadly rounded and without spines. Cell wallhyaline and densely punctate. Chloroplast parietal and with a pyrenoid. Cells.42-49 poin diameter, 20-30 pothick (Fig. 52). -.

HABITAT. Pond, Cantonment Gardens" Rangoon, during December (Skuja,t.c.).

DISTRIBUTION. Burma.

53. Tet!aedron minimu~ (A. Braun) Han§girg

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 131; 1889, p 18; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 147, f 155; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 118, pi 24, f 10-13; P. Bruhl and K. Biswas, 1922, p 14, p13, f23=Po{yedrium minimum A. Braun, 1855, p 94; J. Schaarschmidt, 1886, p 248 - "

Cellssmalland 'quadrangularwith th~ sidesconcave'~md anglesrounded. Cell

wall smooth. Cells6-20 ,u-in diameter.'(Fig.53 a-c).

HABITAT. Attached to aquatic macroflora in Afghanistan (Schaarschmidt, l.c.);'planktonic in Colombo Lake (Lemmermann, 1907); filter beds, Bengal (Bruhl and'Bisw.as, l.c.); trench, Rangoon (Skuja, 1949); ponds and tanks, Serampore, rare- ~July; Cuttack, very common to abundant-July and August; Jabalpur and Nagpur,stray-April; and Coorg, stray-February; swamp. Kausalya Ganga, Puri, rare-,~.Apri~(D. '

DISTRIBUTION., Ubiquitous.

forma apiclIlatum (Reinsch) De Toni

G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 601=J>o{Yedriumminimum f aPiculatum Reinsch, 1888, p 499, p14, f2 c=Tetraedron minimum f. apiculatumReinsch in W. et G. S. We~t, 1895, p 84, pi 15, f 19;J.Brunnthaler, 1915,p 148

Cells with a very short finepapillafrom eacb angle (Fig.53 d).HABITAT. Windermere Park, Rangoon-April (Sktija, 1949).DISTRIBUTION. Europe, Madagascar, S. ami W. 'Africa, Siberia; and Burma.

var. scrobiculatum (Lagerhcim) De Toni

G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 601 ,

=Po{yedrium minimum var. scrobkulatum Lagerheim, 1888, p 591= Tetraedron minimum var. scrobkulalum Lagerh. in J. B~tha1er, 1915, p 148

54. Tetraedron tllmiduJum (Reinsch) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1889, p 18; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 148, r'15.7; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 270, p161,f 17-18; inel.forma W. et G. S. West, 1895, p 84, pi !>,f20=Po{yedrium lumidulum Reinsch, 1888, p 506, pi 7, f 3 .

- ?T, , ro,;_ PI",,,,,, 1918,p 535,pi57,'" _ \.Cdk- temjgonal with m"""", more . "' 1= co~oavoand an~~"" 0'

sometimes with knob-like projections. Cells 16-60 po in ,diameter (Fig. 54).HABITAT. Planktenic in ponds and tanks,Serampore, straY-May; Cuttack,

very ,rare--.August; Balasore and Sambalpur, stray-December, and swamp,Kausalya Ganga (Pun), stray-April (!). '

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, S. Africa, Madagascar, Siberia, Sumatra,A.ustralia, and India.

Tw<? forms of the ?lga were observed by the author: The one with roundedangles (Fig. 54 c) agreed fully with Brunnthaler's ~escription and figUre, except thaUtWasonly 1'6-18 poin diameter (Brunnthaler gives.the diameter as 20-60 po)and occurred

," at Kausalya Ganga. The second form with knob-like extensions from the angl~s~'"(Fig..54 a-b) and 19-26'5 po in diameter Occurr~d in the1est of the collections.. It.lagreed-fully with 'West's alga, 17-23 It in diameter., Prescott (op.c.)also referred to the

',' coccasionalpresence of knob-like extensions in the American alga (30-53 poin diameter).

TETRAEDRON 139

Cell wall coarsely scrobiculate. Cells 15-16 poin diameter. (Fig. 53 f).HABITAT. Swamp, Kausalta Ganga, stray-April (!).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, and India.

forma tetraloblllatum (Reinsch) De ToniG. B. De Toni, 1889, p 601

=Po{yedrium minimum f. tetralobulatum Reinsch 1888, p 499

== Tetraedron minimum f. tetralobulatum Reinsch in J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 148; H. Printz,1915 a, p 30, pi 4, J 180-81

Differs from the type in the ceUs having a short spine from each angle. Cells

11-14,u in diameter. Spines 1'5..:1'8 It long (Fig. 53 e).

HABITAT. Planktonic in a pond at Cuttack, stray-Auguste I).DISTRIBUTION. Europe, Siberia, and India.

Tetraedron simmeri Schmid Ie

W. Schmidle, ,1901 b, p 41;J. Brunnthaler, 19J5, p'148, f 158

Cell five-angled with the angles rounded and in side VIew somewhat oblong.;",~i~esstraight or slightly concave. Cells 24-28 poin diameter.The typical form is not known from the Indian region.

var. minus var. novo

Cellulae 5-angulares, angulis rotundatis. Latera paulum concava. Cellularum membrana tenuis."1P;Ioroplasta parietalia, unico pyrenoideo. Cellulae 9-10'5 /I. diam. A h~~ ,->'tr___o ...IWtominori.

"

)

140CHLOROCOCCALES

f> [>61t?/50 a /

t,.,"'-';.

f{~:?H~;.."<{iLA~'

"'co.::.:'

5% b.[J:,;:~hit/-;[;'::'!f!!t.:;y

Iij/(:

a 63 b

I363 d

63 e &t c

V7-VrAa

\j?, ~66

FIG. 50-57. 50, Tetraedron trilobulatum (REINSCH) HANSG.; 51, T. muticum(A. BR.) HANSG.; 52, T. hemisphaericum SKUJA; 53 a-c, T.minimum (A. BR.) HANSG.;d, PORMAapiculatum (REINSCH)D.ETONI; e, vAR.telralobulatum (REINSCH)DE TONI;f, PORMA scrobiculatum (LAOERH~) DE TONI; 54, T. tumidulum (REINSCH) HANSO.55, T. simmeri SCHMIDLE VAR. minus VAR. NOV.; 56, T. gigas (WITTR.) RANso.P. minus P. NOV.; 57, T. proteiforme (TuRNER) BRUNNTH. .

(50, PROMGONZALVES& JOSHI, 1946 (AS T. trilobatum); 52 a-c, 57 a, d, e,PROMSKUJA, 1949; 57 b-c, PROMTURNER,1892, AS Polyeilrium proteiforme TURNER;REST,X 1500).

TETRAEDRON 141

HABITAT. Vagat in planktone in palude ad Madras, mense aprili 1943; species servata in formalde-hido (Coli. No.6) in C.I.F.R. Substation ad Cuttack.

Cells five-angled with the angles rounded. Sides slightly concave. Cellmembrane thin. Chloroplast parietal with a central (or lateral) pyrenoid. Cells9-10'5 (-13) ft in diameter (Fig. 55).

HABITAT. Swamp, Madras city (Chetput), stray-April, 1943 (!).DISTRIBUTION.India (Madras), Java. .The alga differs from the type only in its much smaller dimensions. Bernard's

Polyedriumcaudatum (?) (Corda) Lag. (1908, pp 191-92, f 470), ll-13 fi. in diameter,can obviously be referred to this variety.

56. Tetraedrongigas (Wittrock) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 131 ;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 148.f 159; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 265=Polyedrium gigas Wittrock, 1872, p 34, pi 4, f 4

Cells irregularly 5- or 6-angled with the angles broadly rounded. Sides slightlyconcave.- Cells 35-45 # broad, 65-75 ft long.

- The typical form is not known from the'Indian region.

f. minus forma nov. 0'

Cellulae 5'-6 10batae, Tateribus alte emarginatis; apices loborum paulum producti et truncati.Cellulae 14-16", diam. ,

HABITAT.Vagat in planktone in stagno ad Cuttack mense augusto anni 1954. Species servata informaldehido (Coli. No.7) in C.I.F.R. Substation ad Cuttack.

1

Cells 5-6 lobed with the sides deeply emarginate. Ends of lobes slightly drawnout and with truncate ends. Cells 14-16 ft in diameter (Fig. 56).

HABITAT. Planktonic in a pond at quttack, stray-August (!).DISTRIBUTION.India (Orissa). .The alga differs from the typical fonn in its much smaller size. The form.

obtusumW.West(1892,p 739,[-53;J.-Brunnthaler,1915,p 148)isalsi:51~rger(27-42ftin diameter) than the present alga, though its angles are abruptly obtuse.

~

57. 'tetraedron proteifonne(Turner) Brunnthaler

J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 152, f 177; H. Skuja, 1949, p 65, plIO, f23-25=Polyedrium proteiforme Turner, 1892, p 158, pi 20, f 24; non Tetraedron proteiforme G. M. Smith,1918, p632

Cells 2 to 3-cornered, angles drawn out and ending in a long spine; in sideview more or less acicular. Sides wavy. Two-angled cells 12 ft broad and up to 65 ftlong. Three-angled cells 36 ft in diameter without spines (Fig. 57).

HABITAT. In standing waters, East India (Turner, l.c.) and Lower Burma,May and December (Skuja, l.c.).

DISTRIBUTION.India, Burma, Japan, and Sweden.

142 CHLOROCOCCALES

The alga from Burma is three-cornered and usually 41-46 p" rarely 24-35 p, indiameter, and has concave or nearly straight, or slightly convex sides with cellmembrane thick and punctate (Skuja, t.c.).

58. Tetraedron trigonuDl (Naegeli) Hansgirg.

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 130; 1889, p 17; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 149, f 163; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 117, pI 23, f 14-16=Pofyedrium trigonum Na~geli, 1849, p 84, pl4 B, f I; W. B. Turner, 1892, p 158, p121, f 13

Cells flat, triangular with somewhat concave sides and rounded corners eachending in a stout ,spine. Cells, without spines, 18-30 p, in diameter. Spines 5-10 plong (Fig. 58 i).

HABITAT. Ranigunj, E. India (Turner, I.e.); River Cooum, Madras .(Iyengarand Venkataraman, 1951); ponds and tanks, Serampore (W.. Bengal), stray-April;C~ttack, stray-February, March, August, and September; Hindol and Nuapara(Orissa), stray-December; Azhicode and Chalakudi (Kerala), stray-February;fishery bundhs, Berhampur (Orissa) and Srikakulam (Andhra), stray-December (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread.

forma Dlinus (Reinsch) De Toni

G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 598=Pofyedrium trigonum f. minus Reinsch, 1867, p 75, p13, f 1 ~, d= Tetraedron trigonum var. minor Reinsch in J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 149= T. trigonum var. minus Reinsch in P. Brrihl and !(. Biswas, 1922, p 14, pI3,! 24

Cells smaller than in the type. Diameter of cells 10-15 (-20) p,. Spines 2'7 Jllong (Fig. 58 c).

HABITAT. Filter beds, Bengal (Bruhl and Biswas, t.c.); ponds, Cuttack, stray-July, and Nuapara, stray-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe,-N. America, India, Java, and Si~eria.Most authors give the dimensions of_the alga as 10-14 p,; but that from Orissa,

observed.by. the author, measured 14-15 p, whereas the Bengal form (seeBruhl and _Biswas, t.c.) measured 20 p,. The~e is a possibility that the Bengal alga belongs to the .~

type itself. ."

.~:...

forma crassUDl (Reinsch) De Toni

G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 598.=Pofy~drjum !rigonum f. Crassum Reinsch, 1867, p 75, pI 3, f I e-f1i

1.,raei/ron ITlgonum f. crassum Reinsch in J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 149; H. Skuja, 1949, p 65,p 10, f37-38

":.;' Cells with stx:aight or convex sides and stumpy angles, "each with a short spine~Ceil membrane Very thick and frequently with pores. Diameter of cells 14-27. f'Thickness12-!7 p. Spines5-6 I-'long (Fig.58 d~h). . ~

.' HABiTAT. 9antonment Gardens, Rango~n-December (Skuja, I.e.); ponds,Cuttack, stray-Aug., and Sonepur (Orissa), stray-December (!).

DIsTRmUTION. Europe, -India, Burma, and Siberia.

t;.-,,_

'Ii

TETRAEDRON

T.<~'t!.:.......:..........

C

k

a59

FIGs. 58-59. 58 a, band p, Tetraedron trigonum (NAEa.) HANSG. FORMAgracile (REINSCH) DE TONI; c, FORMAminus (REINSCH) DE TONI; d-h, FORMAcrassum (REINSCH)DE TONI; i, T. trigonum (NAEo.) HANsa.-TYPE; j-m, VAR.longispinum VAR. NOV.; nand 0, VAR. verrucosum JAO; 59, T. quadratum

(REINSCH) HANsa. FORMAminus (REINSCH) DE TONI. .

(58 d and h, FROMSKUJA, 1949; 58 a-b, x 1000; c-e, g, i,j-m and n-o,and 59, x 1500).

>L (,p.,.)in '"' ong;nal d=npuon ".red that tho ,id" of tho cdh arej;aight. However, both the Indian and Burmese algae showed markedly convex:ea. The cell membrane of the Burmese alga was also porous (seeSkuja,t. c.).

143

.-~...;;'.,Jo.,'

~ CHLOROCOCCALES

forma gracile (Reinsch) De Toni

G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 598; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 117, p124, f 5-9=Polyedrium trigonum f. gracile Reinsch, 1867, p 75, pI 3, f I a-b= Tetraedron trigonum f. gracile Reinsch in 1.. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 149; H. Skuja, 1949, p 66,plIO, f 39-41= Tetraedronproteiforme G. M. Smith, 1918, p 632, pI 15, f4-5, non (Turner) Brunnthaler, 1915,p152,f177

Cells with more markedly concave sides than in the type. Cell membranefIlooth. Cells 19'4-35 fl in diameter, 6-8 fl thick. Spines 6'2-7 fl longFig. 58 a, b, p). .

I HABITAT. Planktonic in Museum Pond, Madras, stray-February and October~hilipose, 1940); Windermere Park, Rangoon-April and Cantonment Gardens,

f

angoon-May (Skuja, l.c.); Fishery bundh, Midnapore (W. Bengal), stray-ecember; Swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri, stray-April; ponds, Cuttack anI;!haudwar, stray-January and August (I)'. .

DISTRIBU.J10"!.Europe, N. America, India, Burma, Java, and Siberia.Tetraedrontrigonumvar. gracile listed and figured by Gonzalves and Joshi (1946,

~ 174, pI 2, f 2) appears to be either .a form of Tetraedron arthrodesmifo'(T1l4

[G. S. West) Woloszynska (1914, p 203), which is synonymous to T. trigonumvar.~rthrodesmiformeG. S. West or a TetraedronregulareKuetzing; both of which areletragonal. However, it is nQt possible to refer it to any of these species since atlescriptio~ is lacking.I

var. longispmum var. novo

Cellulae complanatae, triangulares, lateribus paulum vel fortiter concavis. Anguli acuti et'longissimis rectis spinis ornati. Cellulae 12-18,.. diam. Spinae 9-15 ,..Iongae.

. HABtTAT. Rara in planktonein palude ad KausalyaGanga (Orissa)menseaprili 1951. Species.~ervata in formaldehido (Coli. No.8) in C.I.F.R. Sub-station ad Cuttack.

Cells flat, triangular, with the sides slightly to strongly concave. Angles pointed~and with long straight spines. Cells 12-18 fl in diameter. Spines 9-15 fl long(Fig. 58 j-m).

HABITAT. Planktonic in swamp, Kausalya Ganga (Puri), rare-April (I).DISTRIBUTION.India (Orissa).This alga differs from the type in possessing fairly long spines, the spines in the

type measuring only 5-10 fl. In the presence of the fairly long spines and markedlyconcave sides, the alga shows a certain degree of resemblance to Treubaria setigera(Archer) G. M. Smith (G. M. Smith, 1933, p 499= Tetraedron.trigonum var. setigerrun(Archer) Lemmermann (seeLemmermann, 1904, p 110; Brunnthaler, 1915, p 149; _

G. M. Smith, 1920, p 117, pI 24, fig. 1-4). However, Treubaria setigerumhas muchsmaller cells (7-9 fl in diameter) with broad angles and the long setae are exte!l5ionSof the angles, which are the main points of difference between. Treubaria andTetraedron. The present alga is, therefore, considered as a new variety of Tetraedrqr&trigonum.

TETRAEDRON145

var. verrucosum JaoC. C.Jao, 1947a, p 253,£3 c-d

Cells flat, triangular, with the sides slightly convex or concave. Angles witha stout spine. Cell membrane and spines i~regularly granulate to verrucose. Cells17'6-24'6 p. in diameter. Spines.7-8 p.long (Fig. 58 n-o).

HABITAT. Planktonic in swamp, Kausalya Ganga (Puri), stray-April (I).DISTRIBUTION. China and India. .

59. Tetraedron quadratunl (Reinsch) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1889, p 18;J. Brunnthaler, 1915,p 150, £ 165=Polyedrium quadratum Reinsch, 1888, p 499, pI 4, £7 c

" Cells regularly quadrate with the sides nearly straight or slightly convex. Anglesi obtu", aDdwith a "'on 'pine. Cell men>l'.ane thid and tw~"ytted. Celh 3. pin.~ameter.

, . The typical form is not known from the Indian region.

,y forma minus (ReinSch) De Toni~

''':' G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 601

' =Polyedriumquadratum£.minusReinsch,1888,p499, pi 4, £ 7 d- =Tetraedronquadratum£. minor-ocutumReinsch in Brunnthaler, 1915, p 150

,'- Cells quadrate, sides straight or slightly convex. Angles broadly rounded andwith a spine. Cells 15-18", in diameter. Spines 3'5-4'5 p.Jong (Fig. 59).

HABITAT.Planktonic in a swamp at Kausalya Ganga,' Puri (Orissa), stray_J~pril (I).

DlSTR1BUTION.N. America, India, and Australia.

Forma minus-obtusum(Roinsch) De Toni, including; Tetraedronjavanicum~\I'oIoozyn,k. (1912), a d"""y alUe<lfono ('U Bnmnthaler, 1915, p 150), occu'".~Probablyin Europe, Java, Siberia, and Africa. . ,

"

~60. Tetraedron regulare Kuetzing _. -

F. T. Kuetzing, 18t5, P'129;-J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 150, £ 167; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 118,pi 24, £14 _

=Polyedrium letraedricum Naegeli, 1849, pi -t B, £ 3; P. Reinsch, 1888, p 505; W. B. Turner,/892, p 158; W. Schmidle, 1900 e, p 160

=P. regulare (Kuetz.) Chodat, 1902, p 220; C. Bernard, 1908, p 192, £471-76

, Cell, ""agonal, P""",,,daI, with the ,id", """eave, '!<aigh' '" illghUy COnvex.!\ogle, with a bl"", "0'' 'pine. Celh 16-34 P in diameter. Spin.. 5-7 P long

:ig.60 a-d, {).

i . HABITAT.East.India (Turner, I.e.); Parel, Bombay (SchmidIe, I.e.); ponds andlob, Dib"' h (&..am), '''''y-May, Serampo« (W. Bengal), '''ay-April, C.ttack,~rare-:July and August, Coorg (Mysore), straY-February, Chalakudi and Ochira'""fa), '''ay-Fe a..,.; """"'p, Kan""ya Ganga, Pn,i (0,,=), '''''y-April;ery bundh, Srikakulam(Andhra),straY-December(!).DISTRIBUTION. Cosmopolitan.

~6 CHLOROCOCCALES

var. longispinwn (Reinsch) De Toni

G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 605=Polyedrium tdraedricum var. longispinum Reinsch, 1888, p 506, pi 5, f I a= Telraedron regulare var. longispinum Reinsch in Brunnthaler, 1915, p 150; H. Skuja, 1949,p 65. pi 10, f 32

Cells with compressed side; angles with a long stout spine. Cells with spines()--49fl in diameter (Skuja, l.c.); cells up to 30 fl in diameter, spines 12-14 fllong (De'oni, op.c.; Brunnthaler, op.c.) (Fig. 60 e).

HABITAT. Ditch, Sadiya, Assam Valley (N. Carter, 192h); Royal. Lakes and;antonment Gardens, Rangoon, November-December (Skuja, l.c.).

DISTRIBUTION..Europe, India, Burma, and Java.

var. minus (Reinsch) De Toni

G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 605=Polyedriumtetraedricumvar. minus P. Reinsch, 1888, p 506, piS, f Ib=Tetraedron regulaTevar. minusReinsch inJ. Brunnthaler, 1915, p ISO; H.Skuja, 1949, p 65,pliO, f33

Cells tetragonal with the sid.es slightly convex and with a long massive spine &om::ach corner- (Fig. 60). Cells 23-46 fl in: diameter with spines (Skuja, l.c. Fig. 60).

HABITAT. On Limnanthemum n.fmphaeoidesin Royal Lakes, Rangoon (Skuja, l.c.).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, West and Central Africa, Burma, and Siberia. .

var. tors1UD (Turner) Brunnthaler

J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p ISO, f 169; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 1-19,pi 24, f 17-18; G. W. prescott,1951, P 269, pi 61, f 8-10 .=PolyedriumtetraedricumNaegeli f. torsumTurner, 1892, p 158, pi 20, f IS

Cells tetragonal with the two .halves twisted in a cruciate manner. Sides"of arms slightly convex. Angles with a short spine. C~lls 11'4-40 fl in diameter(Fig.60 g,j, k, m, n). 0

HABITAT. East India (Turner, l.c.); ponds. and tanks,_ Serampore, stray-July, Cuttack, stray-May and AUgusl,~Balasore (Orissa), stray-Noyember, Sambal-.pur (Orissa), stray-December, and Madras, stray-May; well in Nandi Hills, Mysore,stray-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.India,? Burma, China, Japan, S. Africa, N. America and 1,Sweden. .

Turner did not give the dimensions of the alga from East India~ Smith, and.Prescott gave the diameter of the American variety as 25-40 fl. The present alga,was much smaller, only 11' 4-17 .5 fl in diameter.

Skuja (1948, P. 333; 1949, P 173) placed this alga under Tetrakentron pascheri..a genus belonging to the Xanthophyceae and named it T. torsum (Turner) Skuja.;Skuja's Burmese alga was 17-20 fl in broad and 35-45 fllong with spines up to 8 1"in length.

var. granulata Prescott

G. W. Prescott, 1944, p 359, pI 3, fl; 1951, p 269, p161, f 2-3

Cells pyramidal with convex or slightly concave sides.

with short spines. Cell wall granular. CeUs 35-51 '8 fl in

..~..,;;..'"

"..

0-

TETRAEDRON

-

y~~_.

N .

",0,

r .!: ..~'.'~.i'~.

I.

h

g

t:{-. Ie

147

Angles broadly roundeddiameter (Fig. 60 i, I).

I:Im h, ~FIGs.60-6la. 60 a-d and f, Tetraedron regulare KUETZ.; e, VAR. longis_

Pinum (REINSCH) DE TONI; h, VAR. minus (REINSCH) DE TONI; g, j, m, n, VAR.Iorsum (TURNER) BRUNNTH.; i and I, VAR. granulata PRESCOTT; 61a,Tetraedron incus (TEIUNG) G. M. SMITH.

(60 b, e, h, PROM SKUJA, 1949; m, PROM G. M. SMITH, 1920; g, j, k,PROM TURNER, 1892 (AS Polyedrium telraedricum NAEG. VAR. torsum TURNER);61a, PROM TEIUNG (AS Teiraedron regulare KUETZ. VAR. incus TEIUNG);(60a, c, d, f, i and I, x 1500; n, x 1250).

IiI

148 CHLOROCOCCALES

HABITAT. Swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri, stray-April; Pond, Kumool(Andhra Pradesh), stray-December (!).

DISTRIBUTION.N. America and India.

The dimensions of 35-51'8 P, given by Prescott in his descriptions obviously.include those of the spines also. The present alga had cells 22-'24' 6 I' in diameterwithout spines, the spines being 7-81' long. Unlike the American variety, the Indianalga had small granulations on the spines .also.

61. Tetraedronincus (Teiling) G. M. Smith

G. M. Smith, 1926, p 174= Tetraedron regulare var. incus Teiling, 1912, p 277, f 12; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 150, f 168;

G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 269, p161, f 4-6 _

Cells tetragonal, flat or pyramidal with concave sides. Angles slightly produced

to form short lobes, each. ending in ,a fairly long, slightly curved spine. Cells 15-20}'in diameter without spines and up to 37 I' with spines. Spines 7-8 p, long (Fig. 61 a, b).

The typical form is not known from the Indian region.

forma decolorata (Defl.) nom. nov... = Tetraedron incus (Teil.) G. M. Smithforma Deflandre, 1928; H. Skuja, 1949, p.65, pliO, £42

Cells tetragonal and flat with concave sides having deeper sinus. than in the type,and. weaker expansion. Cell membrane smooth and colourless. Cells 16 I' broad,22 p, long. Isthmus 5' 5 P, broad (Fig. 61 c).

HABITAT. Pond, Rangoon-January (Skuja, I.e.).DISTRIBUTION.Europe and Burma.

62. Tetraedron bifurcatwn (Wille). Lagerheim.

G. Lage~heim, 1893, p 160; W, et G. S. West, 1901 a, p 183, pi 4, (50; J. Brunnthaler, 1915,pp 156-57, f 194; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 263, pi 59, f 14; H. Skuja, 1~49, pp 63-64, pliO,I 17-18

-=Polyedrium tetraedricum Naegeli var. bifurcata Wille, 1884,.p 12, pi I, f 24 a-b=P. trigonum var. bifurcatum Wolle, 1887, p 184, pi 189, f 15-::18=P. bifurcatum (Wolle) Schmidle, 1900 e, p 160 _= Tetraedron regulare var. bifurcatum Wille in Brunnthaler, 1915, p 151, f 170; G. W. Prescott,1951, p 269, p161, f I

Cells tetragonal, pyramidal, with the sides somewhat concave or sometimes con- -ve~, and ends rounded, truncate or slightly concave with a short, often curved, spinefrom each an&,leof the cell end. Cell wall smooth or with' small excrescence~ whichmake it appear porous. Cells 30-46 p, in diameter without. spines and 39~0 I' withspines. Spines up to 6 I' long. (Fig. 62 a, b).

HABITAT. Pard, Bombay (Schmidle, I.e.); tanks, Rangoon -and Mandalay-April, May, ang November (Skuja, I.e.).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N and S. America, W. Indies, Central imd N. Africa,India, Burma, Siam, and China.

..

149

The Burmese alga, .39-55 I' in diameter with spines, has the cell membranecovered by small excrescences giving it a porous appearance. This feature is notknown in the algae originally described by Wille and Wolle.

There is some confusion regarding the ndmenclature of this alga. Wille (1884,I.e.) described the alga Polyedrium tetraedricumvar. bifurcata with tetragonal pyramidalcells having convex or slightly concave sides and broadly rounded angles having twostout curved spines, with cells 30-'36 p, in diameter. Wolle (1887) described a somewhat

similar alga with more or less concave sides and 38-46 p, without spines and 50-'59 p.with spines as Polyedriumtrigonumval'. bifurcatum. Lagerheim (1893) combined the twoas Tetraedronbifurcatum (Wille) novo De Toni (1889, p 599; 605) had earlier treated the

two algae separately as varieties of Tetraedron regulare and T. trigonum respectively.In referring to T. trigonum var. bifurcatum, probably by mistake he gave the namevar_ ? bifurcatum Wille in Freshw. Alg. of the U.S. (p 184), and the same mistake hasbeen repeated by Brunntl1aler and Prescott (op. cit.) who also treated the two algae as.separate and gave the reference C?fWille to both.., Schmid Ie (1900 e) treated Wolle'salga as Tetraedron bifurcatum (Wolle) novo

., The two algae under consideration are very similar, except for the slightly smaller. "c5izeand occasional convex sides of Wille's alga compared to the slightly larger alga with.~.concave sides described by Wolle. So, following Lagerheim, I?oth the algae are. treated here as the same. -

j

TETRAEDRON

. -

t.

Q'~'

a

FIGS. 61 b-c, 62. 61b, Tetraedron incus ('I'EIUNG)G. M. SMITH; 61c, FORMA decolorata (DEFL.) NOM. NOV.;62 a-b, T. bifurcatum (WILLE) LAGERH.; 62c, FORMA sub.mammillata (W. ET G. S. WEST) NOM.NOV.

(61 b, FROM SMITH, 1920; 61c and 62 a-b, FROMSKUJA, 1949; 62c, )(725).

forma submammillata (W. and G. S. West) nom. novo

= Tetraedronbifurcatum(Wille) Lagerheimforma W. et G. S. West, 1907, p 231, pi 12, f22

..t«

.CHLOROCOCCALES

150

Differs from the type in the angles from which the spines arise being sub-

mammillate. The cell membrane is also punctate. Cells 27-38 P in diameter(Fig. 62 c).

HABITAT. Mansang near Hsipaw (W. et G. S. West, I.e.); Pond, Azhicode

(Kerala), stray-February (!).Distribution. Burma and India.

63. Tetraedron victorieae Woloszynska

J. Woloszynska,1914,p 203,pI 7, f 1-4; G. M. Smith, 1926,p 173,p16, £33-34

Cells small, four-sided with two of the sides deeply emarginate dividing the

cell into cruciately arranged halves. Halves of cells fusiform in vertical view witha short straight spine from the apices. Cells (with spines) 10-24 p broad, 30-42 /J

long. Spines 3' 5 P long (Fig. 63 a, b).HABITAT. Fishery bundh, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore. (West Bengal),

stray-December; Pond, Cuttack, stray-February, rare-August (!).DISTRmUTlON. Africa, N. America, Europe, an!! India.

var. major G. M. Smith

G. M. Smith 1920, p 119, p124, f19-22,.p125, f1; G. W. Prescott, 1951,p 271, p161, £28-29

Cells same as in type, but much larger. Spines also larger. Cells with spi(leS

15':'20 p broad, 30-63 P long. Spines 8-12' 3 P long (1:ig. 63 c-e).HABITAT. Tanks, Dibrugarh (Assam), stray-May, Kausalya Ganga (Orissa)~

rare-November, Athmalik (Orissa), stray-December and Azhicode (Ktrala), rare-:February ( !1.

DISTRmUTION. N. Amtrica and India.

64. Tetraedron caudatum (Corda) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 131; 1889, p 18; j. BrUnnthaler, 1915, p 151, £ 171; O. A. Korshikov,1953, p 239, £ 181 - -=Asteruium caudatumCorda, 1839 .=Po!yedriumpentagonum.Reinsch,1867, p 76, pI 3, £2~PO!yedriumcaudatum(Corda) Lagerheim, 1883, p 69

Cells small, flat, five-sided with four of the sides con~ave and the fifth in the

fo,m of a notel< of varying d,pili. Angl" mnndod ~d pmdn"" into a ,hort ,,,,",ht

spine. Cells 6-23 P in diameter. Spines 1-4 p long (Fig. 64 a, b).HABITAT. Planktonic in a muddy pond, Ootacamund (at an elevation of about

2150 m), common-June (!).J)m"RD'''''ON. Enrol". N. Am"im. 5. Af<im. India. Japan. 5ih"ia. and

Australia._ The form from Java without spines which Bernard (1908, p 191, fig. 470) baS.

tontauvolypia"" nnd" p,ly<bi"'",..".,... (Co""') La"",h,"". app"''' to h, it ,...Ilfonn of T,"",uon "'""'" SchmidI' (u, und" that ,poci") ",th« than a T., "'"

.>It

TETRAEDRON 151

.

var. incisuDl (Lagerh.) Brunnthaler

J. Brunnthaler, 1915,p 151,£ 173 I=Polyedrium pentagonum Reinsch £. inCisa Lagerheim, 1882, p 67, p12, £22=P. caudaturn£. incisum(Lagerheim) Reinsch, 1888, p 503, p14, £9 b=Tetraedron cauda/um(Corda) Hansg. £. incisurnReinsch in G. B. De Toni, 1889, P 603; W.

et G. S. West, 1902, p 198 . .

Cells regular with sides of equal length and with the notch in the middle more

pronounced tJ:lan in the type. Cells 12-15 p in diameter. Spines 3 p long (Fig. 64 c).& HABITAT. Pond, Botanical Gardens,. Peradeniya, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West,

r' I.e.).i DISTRmUTION. Europe, N. and S. America, and Ceylon. Fritsch and Rich

(1929) considered one form they came across in collections from South Africa as

1" probably f. incisum of Tetraedron eQudatum.

65. Tetraedron pentaedriCUDl W. et G. S. West

W. et G. S. West, 189S, p 84, piS, £ IS-16; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p IS2, £ 174; G. M. Smith,1920, pp 120-21, p12S, £ 13-17

" . Cells small, irregularly five-lobed with four lobes in one plane and the fifth atr,\,an angle to the former. Comers somewhat acute, each with a short slightly curved

~ ,spine. Cells 10-15 p in diameter without spines. Spines 3' 5-5' 5 P lQng(Fig. 65 a-b)." HABITAT. In culttlres of soil from rice fields near Allahabad {Mitra, 1947);_ponds and tanks, Bhopal, stray-July; and jabalpur, (Madhya Pradesh),

?siray-April; Cuttack (Orissa), stray~July and August; Kurn.ool (Andhra Pradesh),{'J:I1re-December; Madras, stray-April; Ochirn (Kerala), stray-February;~phandigarh (Punjab), stray-October, Leg Shri K uldip Singh (!).~ DISTRIBUTION.Africa, N. America, India, and China.? Though the alga observed by Mitra (l.e., f -16) agree with the 'typical form~~escribedby Wests in most respects, its spines are more blunt and rounded at the ends.

ftlso, the cells m~asure 7-15 p ~ithout spines.forma D1iniDlUm W. et G. S. West

W. et G. S. West, 189S, p 84, piS, £ 17;J. Brunnthaler, 1915,p IS2; K. Biswas,1936,p125, pI 8, £ 9

" Cells small~r than in type, 6 p in diameter without spines, and 10 p with spinesiF:ig.65 c-e).

HABITAT. In freshwater, among a colony of rotifers, N. E. India, September)swas, l.c.).

DISTRIBUTION.Madagascar and India (?).Though Biswas..described the alga as five-cornered, none of his three figures show

,ore than four corners. Nor did he mention that one lobe is in another p1ane. The~thor is inclined to consider Biswas's alga as a smaller form of Tetraedron minimumf.ralohulatum(Reinsch) De Toni (for description see elsewhere; also compare: with

'~3 e).

CHLOROCOCCALES

150

Differs from the type in the angles from which the spines arise being sub-

mammillate. The cell membrane is also punctate. Cells 27-38 p in diameter

(Fig. 62 c).HABITAT. Mansang near Hsipaw (W. et G. S. West, I.e.); pond, Azhicode

(Kerala), stray-February (!).Distribution. Burma and India.

63. Tetraedron victorieae Woloszynska

J. Woloszynska,1914,p 203,pI 7, £ 1-4; G. M. Smith, 1926,p 173,p16, £33-34

Cells small, four-sided with two of the sides deeply emarginate dividing thi

I cell into cruciately arranged halves. Halves of cells fusiform in vertical view witha short straight spine from the apices. Cells (with spines) 10-24 p broad, 30-42 fJlong. Spines 3' 5 plong (Fig. 63 a, b).

HABITAT. Fishery bundh, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore. (West Bengal),I

stray-December; Pond, Cuttack, stray-February, rare--August (!).DISTRmUTION. Africa, N. America,.Europe, an!! India. ,~

var. major G. M. Smith ·G. M. Smith 1920,p 119,p124,£l9-22"pI25, fl; G. W.Prescott,1951,p 271,p161,£28-29

Cells same as in type, but much larger. Spines also larger. Cells with spu"eS

15':'20 p broad, 30-63 plong. Spines 8-12' 3 fJ long (~ig. 63 c-e).HABITAT. Tanks, Dibrugarh (Assam), stray-May, Kausalya Ganga (Orissa),.

rare--November, Athmalik (Orissa), stray-December and Azhicode (Kerala), rare-February (!}. .

DISTRIBUTION.N. America and India. .

64. Tetraedron caudatuJD (Corda) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 131; 1889, P 18; j. Bronnthaler, 1915, p 151, £ 171; O. A. Korshikov,1953,p 239,£ 181 - -=Astericium caudalumCorda, 1839=polyedriumpenlagonum.Reinsch,1867,p 76, p13, £2 >==,POlyedriumcaudalum(Corda) Lagerheim,1883,p 69 .

Cells small, fiat, five-sided with four of the sides concave and the fifth in the

form of a notcn of varying depth. Angles rounded and produced into a short straight

spine. Cells 6-23 P in diameter. Spines 1--4 plong (Fig. 64 a, b).HABITAT. Planktonic in a muddy pond, ootacamund (at an elevation of about

2150 m), common-June (!).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, S. Africa, India, Japan, Siberia, and ..'

Australia._ Tho ronn trom Java without ,pin" which !JenWd (1908, P 191, fig. 470) baatentanv"y p1ac<dond" p"pan.m "wi.,,,,, (Conla) Lag"heim, app"'" to bo · .".nform of TetraedronsimmeriSchmidle (seeunder that species) rather than a T.caudat~

h.

TETRAEDRON 151

var. inciSUJD (Lagerh.) Brunnthaler

',- J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 151, £ 173 I=Polyedrium penlagonum Reinsch £. inCisaLagerheim, 1882, p 67, p12, f 22=P. caudalum £. incisum (Lagerheim) Reinsch, 1888, p 503, p14, £9 b=Telratdron caudalurn (Corda) Hansg. £. incisum Reinsch in G. B. De Toni, 1889, p 603; W.

et G. S. West, 1902, p 198 '

...:~

Cells regular with sides of equal length and with the notch in the middle morepronounced t}lan in the type. Cells 12-15 ft in diameter. Spines 3 ft long (Fig. 64 c).

HABITAT. Pond, Botanical Gardens,- Peradeniya, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West,I.e.).

DlsTRmUTION. Europe, N. and S. America, and Ceylon. Fritsch and Rich(1929) considered one form they came across in collections from South Mrica as

i.. probably f. incisumof Tetraedroncauda/um.

Tetraedron pentaedricum W. et G. S. West

W. et G. S. West, 1895, p 84, pI 5, £ 15-16; J. Brunnthaler, 19i5, p 152, £ 174; G. M. Smith,1920, pp 120-21, pI 25, £ 13-17

. Cells small, irregularly five-lobed with four lobes in one plane and the fifth at"\ an angle to the former. Comers somewhat acute, each with a short slightly curved

,spine. Cells 10-15 ft in diameter without jlpines. Spines 3' 5-5' 5 ft 19n9 (Fig. 65 a-b).r' HABITAT.In cultures of soil from rice fields near Allahabad {Mitra, 1947); _

iponds and tanks, Bhopal, stray-July; and 'jabal pur, (Madhya Pradesh),:~stray-April; Cuttack (Orissa), stray-,July and August; Kum.ool (Andhra Pradesh),'ttare-December; Madras, stray-April; Ochira (Kerala), stray-February;,.,:,Chandigarh (Punjab), stray-October, Leg Shri Kuldip Singh (!).~. ' DlsTRmUTloN. Mrica, N. America, India, and China.o Though the ~lga observed by Mitra (l.c., f -16) agree with the 'typical form'described by Wests in most respects, its spines are more blunt and rounded at the ends.,'~lso, the cells measure 7-15 ft without spines.

forma IDiniDl1Un W. et G. S. West

W. et G. S. West, 1895, p 84, pi 5, £ 17; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 152; K. Biswas, 1936, p125, pi 8, £ 9

, Cells smaller than in type, 6 p in diameter without spines, and 10 ft with spinesJF,ig.65 c-e). ''t:, HABITAT. In freshwater, among a colony of rotifers, N. E. India, September

'~iswas, i.e.)., DISTRIBUTION.Madagascar and India (?).

Though Biswa,s.described the alga as five-cornered, none of his three figures showJ)re than four corners. Nor did he mention that one lobe is in another plane. The-!bor is inclined to consider Biswas's alga as a smaller form of Tetraedronminimum f.!f~alohulatum(Reinsch) De Toni (for description see elsewhere; also compare with"3 e). ' \

152CHLOROCOCCALES

66. Tetraedron octaedricum (Reinsch) Hansgirg p.p.

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 131 pro parte=Polyedrium octaedricum acuminatum Reinsch, 18671 p 77, p15, f4

-~-.~~ 66 b

~M' *. ~~... J-( '8 ·~

t;;.~..;Flos.63-68. 63 a-b, Tetraedron victorieae WOLOSZ.; c-e, VAR. major G. M.

SMITH; 64 a-b, T. caudatum (CORDA) HANSO.; c, VAR. incisum (LAOERH.) BRUNNTH.;65 a-b, T. pentaedricum W. ET G.S. WEST; 65 c-e,? P. minimum W. ET G. S. WEST;66 a-b, T.octaedri<;um (REINSCH) HANSO. VAR. spinosum (REINSCH) W. E'I' G. 5.WEST; 67, T. hastalum (REINSCH) HANSO.; 68 a-b, T. bifidum (TURNER) WILLE.

, (64 c, PROM LAOERHEIM; 65 c-e, BISWAS, 1936; 67, PROM SKUJA, 1949;68 a-b, FROMTURNER, 1892 (AS polyedrium bifidum TURNER); (llES'l',x 1500).

63b

'4Sd Lt.

rTETRAEDRON 153

,.<::"

;~

Cells octagonal with the sides markedly concave. Angles acuminate. Cells10-23 fl in diameter.

Since Reinsch (op.c.)has described only two varieties and no type, the first of thevarieties, viz. octaedricumacuminatummay have to be retained as the type.

This alga is not known from the Indian region.

-......~

var. spinosum (Reinsch) W. et G. S. West

W. and G. S. West, 1901 a, p 183=Polyedrium octaedricum sPinosum Reinsch, 1867, P 78, pi 5, f 5= Tetraedron regularevar. octaedricum (Reinsch) Playfair, 1918, p 535, pi 27, f23

~

Cdls octagonal with eight lateral planes. Angles rounded and obtuse, eachwith a spine. Cells 32-47 fl in diameter (Fig. 66).

HABITAT. Planktonic ina swamp at Kausalya Ganga, Puri (Orissa) (!).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, India, Siam, and Australia.The Indian alga, 15-17'6 fl in diameter, with the spines 3'5-4'5 fllong, is

nearer tlte Australian -alga, which is .17 fl in diameter,th~n the Siamese (32-38 fl

"'. with spines and 21:-26 fl wi~out spines) or the European alga (38-47 fl in diameter).In his original description, Reinsch (op.c.) referred to two distinct types, viz.

Polyedriumoctaedricumacuminatumand P. octaedricumsPinosum, the former beingdescribed as "Cellulae octaedricae,Planities octonae laterales subconcavae,anguli acutiusculiet acuminati. Latit 0, 01 mm. usque 0, 023 mm." and the latter as "Cellulae octaedricae,planities laterale~octonaePlanae, anguli ror-undatoobtusi, sPino singulofirmo hyalino armati.Latit, 0, 038 mm. usque 0, 047 mm." Th~s, the chief distinction between the two types:.liesin the fact that octaedricumacuminatumhas eight subconcave lateral planes and acute

, to acuminate angles, whereas octaedricumspinosumhas eight plain lateral sides with the~.lUlglesrounded and obtuse and ending-in distinct'spines. His figures (pI 5, f 4, 5)>-the name of acuminatumsPinosumgivenfor f 5 is obviouslyan error and shouldbeI 'read as octaedricumspinosum-also clearly bring out these differences.~ Apparently in his later work, Reinsch (1888, p 507) has comb,ined the two types

t:tinderP. octaedricum:Han~girg- (1888, 1889) and Brunnthaler (1915, p 152) a!so",iadopted the same procedure. From W., and G. S. Wests' reference (1901 a, l.c.) to,;.T.octaedricumand var. sPinosumit appears that they retained var. sPinosumwhile consi-'::dering the acuminate form -as the type. Playfair (1918, l.c.) stated that Polyedrium'{octaedricumacuminatum should be retained in the type (as Tetraedron octaedricum)andZthe variety octaedricumsPinosumshould be treated as a'variety of Tetraedron regulare as)at. octaedricum(Reinsch) Playfair, his reasons for the same being that the alga is six~ttoeight-angled and is nearer the tetragonal T. regulare. The author does not agree(~th this contention since it is quite clear from Reinsch's original descriptions of the two~es that he laid more stress on the number of planes (sides) than on the number of~gles (poles). -

Tetraedron hastatum (Reinsch) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 132; 1889, P 19;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 157, f 196; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 121, pl25, f 18; H. Skuja, 1949, p 64, pliO, f21

154 CHLOROCOCCALES

=Po{)'edrium tetraedricum hastatum Reinsch, 1867, p 77, piS, £ 3 a-b=P. enorme var. hastatum Rabenhorst, 1868, p 630=P. hastatum Reinsch, 1888, p 507

Cells tetragonal, pyramidate, with the sides deeply concave, angles producedinto long tapering concave unbranched processes ending in 2-3 short spines. Cells28-36 Jt in diameter (Fig. 67).

HABITAT. Cantonment .Gardens, Rangoon-May (Skuja, i.e.).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, W. Mrica, Burma, China, and Jap<l:n.

68. Tetraedron bifidum (Turner) Wille

N. Wille, 1909, p 60d. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 157, £ 199=Polyedrium bijidum Turner, 1892, p 158, pi 20, £23

Cells triangular in front view with the sides sinuous, in side view elongate-ellipsoid. Processes gradually tapering and ending in two spines. Cells 4'5-5' 5 Jtbroad, 13-17 Jt long (Fig. 68).

DISTRIBUTION.EaH India (Turner, I.e.).

69. Tetraedron gracile (Reinsch) Hansgirg

A. Hansgi.rg, 1889, p 19; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 157-58, f201; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 26~,pi 60, £I; L. H. Tiffany and M. E. Britton, 1952, p 118;pl 34, £339=PolyedriumgracittReinsc~, 1888, p.502, p16, £ I b-c

Cells flat and rectangular with the corners produced into narrow processeswhich usually branch twice and end in spines. The primary branches usually at'right angles with one another and parallel to one side of the cell. Cells, with processes,30-43 (-80) Jt in diameter, without processes, 10-20 (-30) Jt (Fig. 69 a-c).

HABITAT. Fishery bundh, Chandrakoria Road, Midnapore (West Bengal),stray-December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga; Puri,- very rare-April; ponds and tanks,DiJ:>rugarh (Assam), stray-May; Cuttack,-stray-May, July, and August, Sambalpur(Orissa), stray-December; Coorg (.Mysore), stray-February, and Azhicode (K~rala)"stray-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, India, and China.. Skuja (1949) placed this alga under the Heterokontae in /sthmochloronSkuja

(1948) and gave it the name 1. gracile (Reinsch) Skuja, and described a form, f.reduetum Skuja, from the suburbs of Rangoon. The main characters of /sthmoehloronwhich distinguish it from Tetraedronare the presence of nu.merous discoid olive-greenchromatophores devoid of pyrenoids and also the presence of oil globules and granules '

of amylaceous and carotinoid nature. I~ Tetraedrongracile, Smith (1920) referred tonumerous discoid chromatophores without pyrenoids. Brunnthaler, Prescott, and... ,Tiffany and Britton (op.c.) did not refer to the' chromatophores. It has not been -...

- possible for the authQr to make out more than one or two parietal chromatophores;However, pending further investigation, the alga is only tentatively referred here ~c

Tetraedron gracile.

TETRAEDRON155

-

Fla. 69. a-c, Tttraedron gracile (RI!INscn) HANSO.;d-f, FORMAminus F. NOV. .

(a-c, x 1000; d, FRoM'PmuPosE, 1940, X1500). _

forma minDS f. novo

'.' Cellulae multo minores quam in typo, ornatae quidem processibus 27-30 podiam., processibus"',(vero non ornatae 4'5-9 po. _~. HABITAT.Rarissima in planktone in Museum Pond, Madras, mensibusjan.-aprili, junio-augusto,Voctobri-novembri; 1938'. Species servata in £ormaldehido in University Botany Laboratory, Madras.

Cells much smaller than in the type measuring only 27:-30 Jt in diameter with',processes and 4' 5-9 fJ without processes .(Fig. 69'd). _

~ HABITAT. Museum Pond, Madras, very rare~anuary to April, June to August:~d October to November (Philipose, 1940).DISTRIBUTION.India (Madras).

What has been stated about the validity of the type species applies to this form also.

Tetraedron cruciatwn (Wallich) W. et G. S. West.

W. and G. S. West, 1902, p 198; 1901 a, p 183, pi 4, £51;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 158, £202;G. M. Smith, 1926, p 175, p18, £ 1-2; G.W. Prescott, 1951, p264=Micrasltrias "'Iciata Wallich, 1860, p 281, pi 13, £ 12

=StauroPhanum cruciaturn (Wallich) Turner (incl. £. maj~r and £. minor Turner) 1892, p 159,pi 20, £20-21

; , Cells cruciate with the corners produced into irregular processes which are not,~ in the same plane. Processes ending in 2-3 short spines. Cells 23-54 fJ inheter (Fig. 70). '

CULOROCOCCALES156

HABITAT. Bengal and Central India (Wallich, I.e.; Turner, I.e.); artificial tank,peradeniya, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West, 1902); pond, Cuttack, stray-August (!).

DISTRIBUTION.India, Ceylon, Siam, Japan, and Scotland.According to Skuja (1948), this alga is very much like Isthmochloronlobulatum

(Naegeli) Skuja (=Polyedrium lobulatumNaegeli, 1849), a member of the Xanthophyceaehaving numerous disc-shaped yellow green chromatophores. T!Jrner, Wests, Smith,and Prescott did not give details of the chromatophore. The author could not also

study the chromatophore in detail. So, the alga is tentativeJyreferred here to Tetraedroncruciatum.

~70 ~ 70 c

a

71c

FIGs. 70-72. 70, Tetraedron cruciatum tWALUCH) W. ET G. S. WEST;71, T. enorme (RALFS) HANSG. VAR_ ,pentaedricum PRESCOTT; c, VAR. turneriVAR. NOV.; 72, T. lobulatum (NAEG.) HANSG. VAR. polyfurcatum G. M. SMITH.

(70 a-b, 71c, FROMTURNER, 1892 (AS Staurophanum cruciatum (WALUCH)TURNER F.' major an~- F. minor TURNER AND AS Polyedrium SP. RESPECTIVELY,(REST,x 1000);

~

.',~

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 132; 1889, p 19; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 266, pi 60, £ 6-7=Polyedrium lobulatum Naegeli, 1849, p 8-1, pl6 B, £ 4= Tetraedronlobatum (Naegeli) Hansgirg inJ. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 156, £ 193; M.O.P. Iyengar"1951, £ 5 AA

TETRAEDRON 157

71. Tetraedron enorme (Ralfs) Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1888, p 132; 1889, p 19;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 155, £ 192; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 124, pi 27, £6; G.W. Prt'Scott, 1951, p 265, pi 52, £6-7, pi 59, £ 19=StaurastrummormeRalr.., 1848, p 140,pi 33, £ II .=Polyedrium enorme (Ralfs) De Bary, 1858, p 71; C. Bernard, 1908, p 195, £ SOl

Cells irregularly tetrahedric with the angles produced intoprocesses ending in short spines. Processes not all in the same plane.in diameter.

The typical form is not known from the Indian region.

short bilobed

Cells 25-45 p,

var. pentaedricum Prescott

G. W. Prescott, 1944, p-358, pi I, f 17"

;~:

Cells five-sided with the sides straight or slightly convex and with pairs ofnarrow bifurcate processes extending in all planes. Processes ending in short spines.Cells 27-55 '" in diameter (Fig. 71 a, b).

HABITAT. Ponds and tanks, Dibrugarh (Assam), stray-:-May; Cuttack, stray-if August, Srikakulam (Andhra), stray-December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga (Puri),"very rare-April; and reservoir, Jabalpur (Madhya Pradesh), stray-April (I).

DISTRIBUTION.N. .America, C. Africa, and India.'The variety differs from the type in the straight (instead_of concave) margins

, and the narrow bifurcated proce~es extending ftom the angles. The Indian alga with¥"cells 27-30 '" itl diamete~ is smaller than the American alga, which measures 50-55 '"~':indiameter. Since it agreed with the American alga in all other respects it is referred,- :to the same.III

var. turneri var. novo

=Polyedriumsp. ? in W. B. Turner, 1892,p 158, pi 17, £II _

~. A typo differt processibus robustioribus quorum apices sunt truncati vel rotundati et desinunt in,1-2 spinas. Cellularum diam. 37 ,... Spinae 2 ,.. longae. -, DISTRIBUTION. India Orientalis.

" Differs from the type in- having processes"truncate or rounded and ending in 1-2 spines.,long (Fig. 7lc).

DISTRIBUTION.East India (Turner, I.e.).

which are stouter with their ends

Diameter of cell 37 fl. Spines 2 fl

Tetraedron lobulatum (Naeg.) Hansgirg

Cells tetragonal or pyramidal with the sides distinctly concave. Processesort and stout, and bifurcate at their apices. Cells 31-40 p, in diameter.

158 CHLOROCOCCALES

Skuja (1948, 1949) regarded this alga as one of the Xanthophyceae and named,it Isthmochloron lobulatum (Naegeli) Skuja. Smith (1920) also referred to numerousdiscoid chromatophores without pyrenoids in this alga. The alga is included heretentatively.

It is not known from the Indian region except for the original figure of Iyengar(l.c.).

var. polyfurcatum G. M. Smith

G, M, Smith, 1916 b, p 480, p126, f 21-22; G. W. Prescott, 1951;p 267, pI 60, f II; K. Tho-'masson, 1953, p 56

Cells tetragonal or pyramidal with concave sides. Processes not all in the sameplane and branching dichotomously three to four or five times. Ultimate branchletswith 2-3 small spines. Cells with processes 35-70, ft in diameter, without processes15-25 ft (Fig. 72).

HABITAT. Pond, Azhicode (Kerala), rare-February (!).DISTRIBUTION.N. America, Sweden and India.Smith (l.c.) and Prescott (op.c.) did not Jefer to det~ils of the chromatophore.

In the preserved material of the Indian algae also it was not possible to study the"chromatophore. If T. lobulatum is regarded as one of the Xanthophyceae and'thechromatophore of the var~<;LYpolyfurcatum is typically Chlorophycean, then the lattermay have to be treated as a distinct species of Tetraedron.

73. Tetraedron limneticum 13?rge

0, Borge, 1900, p 5, pI I, f 2; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 157, f 195; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 123,pI 27, f 1-3; 1926, P 175, p18, f9-12; H. Skuja, 1949, p 64, plIO, f 13-14

Cells tetragonal with the angles produced into processes having one to tw~dichotomous branchings. Ultimate branchlets with 2-3 short spines. Cells withprocesses 45-85- ft in diameter. Base of processes 8-12 ft (Fig. 73 a-d).

HABITAT. Among epiphytic forms, Mandalay-November (Skuja, i.e.)f"planktonic in ponds and tanks,_ Cuttack, rather common to abundant-July, August,and October; Azhicode and Iringalakuda (Kerala), stray-Februcn-.y; swamp,Kausalya Ganga (Ox:.issa), stray-April (!).

DISTRffiUTION.Europe, N. America, C. Africa, India, and Burma., , . ~The alga is typically a planktonic form. Skuja (i.e.)rioted it -among -the

" epiphytic forms" !

var. gracile Prescott

G. W. Prescott, 1944, p 358, pi I, fl8; 1951, p 266, pI 60, f 5

Differs from the type in having much narrower processes which almost adjoinat the base, there being scatcely'any cell body. Cells 35'2-46'8 ft in diameter.. Base,of processes 5' 3-8 ft broad (Fig. 73 e).

HABITAT. Pond, Cuttack, stray-August ( !).DISTRIBUTION.N. America and India. .

TETRAEDRON 159

74. Tetraedron pusillum (Wallich) W. et G. S. West

W. and G. S. West, 1897, p 237; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 157, f200; G. W. Prescott, 1931,p 67, pI 14, f 25-26; 1951, P 268, pI 60, f29= Micrasterias pusilla Wallich, 1860, p 281, pI 13, f 13=Staurophanum pusillum (Wallich) Turner, 1892, p 159, pI 20, f 22

Cells cruciform with usually four, rarely three, processes, each ending in tworecurved spines. In side view, elongate-ellipsoid with attenuate ends. Cells 10 ftbroad, 25 ft long (Fig. 74 a-c).

HABITAT. N. E. India (Wallich; I.e.; Turner, i.e.).DISTRffiUTJON..India and N. America.

var. angolense W. et G. S. West

W. and G. S. West, 1897, p 237;J. Brunnthaler, 191.'),p 157; G. M. Smith, 1926, p 176, p118,f 13-17

Cells irregularly tetrahedric with one short process from each corner.

process splits into two, rarely three, outwardly bent spines. Cells w~thout14' 5-25' 5 ft in diameter, with spines 22-38 ft:

Each

spines

ViD~(~ ~

~74b 74 c , 174dFIGS. 73-74. 73 a-d, Te/raedron limneticum BORGE; e, VAR. gracile

PRESCO'IT; 74 a-c, T. pusillum (WALUCH) W. ET G. S. WEST; d, VAR. angolense'w. ET G. S. WEST F. minus F. NOV.

(73 c, FROMSKU]A, 1949; 74 a-c, FROMTURNER, 1892 (ASStauroPhanumpusillll17l (WALUCH) TURNER; 74d, x 1500).

160CHLOROCOCCALES

HABITAT. Ponds, Barrackpore (W. Bengal), stray-April and Cuttack, stray-

August; swamp, Kausalya Ganga (Orissa), stray-April (I).DISTRIBUTION.Africa (Angola), N. America, and India.

III

f. minus f. nov.

Cellulae multo minores quam in var. angolense West, magnit, tantum 10,3-13,9,. diam.HABITAT. Vagat in planktone in Museum Pond, Madras, mensibus martio, junio et augusto anni

1938. Species servata in formaldehido in University Botany Laboratory, Madras.

Cells much smaller than in var. angolense W. et G. S. West and in var. gracile

Huber-Pestalozzi (1935), being only 10'3-13'9 P. in diameter (Fig. 74.d).HABITAT. Museum pond, Madras, stray-March, June, and August (Philipose,

1940). 'DISTRIBUTION. India (Madras).

Species of Tetraedron not recordedfrom the Indian region

T. aculealum (Wolle) De Toni, 1889, P 612T. aculitleTisBeck-Mannegetta, 1926, pp 181-82, f 10T. aculum Playfair, 1917, P 844, p158, f24-25T. angulosum (Larsen) Collins, 1909, P 164T. armalum (Reinsch) De Toni, 1889, P 611T. arlhrotlesmiforme (G. S. West) Woloszynska, 1914, P 203T. asymmelricum Prescott, 1944, P 357, pll, f 14T. bilritlens Beck-Mannegetta, 1926, p 182, f 11T. conslriclum G. M. Smith, 1920, P 122, pi 25, f 22-24

=T. arlhrotlesmiforme var. lobulalum Woloszynska, 1914, P 203, p16, f 11T. crassitlens Beck-Mannegetta, 1926, p 182, f 16 -T. cruciforme Playfair, 1917, P 845, p158, f29 .T. tlecussalum (Rabenh.) Hansgirg, 1888; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 157

= Polyedrium enormt var. tlecussalum Rabenhorst, 1865, P 63= Telraedron tlecussalum (Reinsch) De Toni, 1889, P 610=T. tleCU$Salum(ReillSGh) W. et G. S. West, 1901, P 125

T. dotlecaedricum (Reinsch) Hansgirg, 1889, P 18T. duospinum Ackley, 1929, P 304T.floridens W. et G. S. West'-seeJ. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 155T. grande Reif, 1939, P 615T. granulosum PJayfair, 1918, P 534, p157, f 17-18T. ho"idum W. et G. S. West, 1897 a, P 502, p17, f 4-5T. hortense Playfair, 1917, P 844, p158, f23T. hungaricum Hortobagyi, 19"62, P 41, p153, f 663T. i"egulare (Reinsch) De Toni, 1889, P 611T. mainensis Wheldon, 1943 .T. marssonii Lemmermann-see J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 157T. miniata? ..-see Hirano, 1954, P 163T. minutissimum Korshikov, 1953, P 241, f 184T. oblusum Playfair, 1918, I' 536, 1'157, f26T. octopus Teiling, 1946T. olivaceum Beck-Mannegetta, 1927, I' 15T. pachytlermum (Reinsch) Hansgirg, 1889, I' 18

=,!. po.chydermum (Reinsch) De Toni, 1889, I' 603T. pannomcum Hortobagyi, 1962, I' 43, p154, f 684-87T.planctonicum G. M. Smith, 1916 b, P 479, pl26 f 19-20T.platysthmum (Archer) G. S. West, 1908, P 286, 1'121, f36-39T. polymo~phum lA;sken.) Hansgirg, 1888, P 131T.prolumldum (Rel~ch) Hansgirg, 1889, P 19T. punclu!alWl! (Remsch) Hansgirg, 1889, P 18T. quadr~pidatum (Remsch) Hansgirg, 1889, I' 18T. quadrilob~ G. M. Smith,.1922, p 333, 1'18, f 14-18

=T. quadrilobum G. M. Smith in G. M. Smith, 1926, I' 172

CLOSTERIDIUM 161

..

T. reliculalum (Reinsch) Hansgirg, 1889, I' 18T. smilhii Tiffany, 1934, p 64, pili, f249

= T. slauraslroides G. M. Smith, 1926, non T. slauraslroides (W. West) Wille, 1909, p 60T. somogyicum Hortobagyi, 1962, p 42, pi 53, f674T. spiniferum G. M. Smith, 1922, p 334, pi 8, f 9-11T. ~Iragonum (Naeg.) Hansgirg, 1889, I' 18

=Polyedrium telragonuTliNaegeli, 1849, p 84, pI4-B, f2=P. Irigonum var. lelragonum (Naegeli) Rabenhorst, 1868, p 62

T. lorlum W. et G. S. West, 1895 b, I' 52T. Iriangulare Korshikov, 1953, I' 239, f 180

= T. Irigonum var. papilliferum (Schroeder) Lemm.T. troPicum W. et G. S. West, 1897, I' 237T. valdezii Kol, 1942, I' 22, 1'16, f 87-88T. ve"ucosum G. M. Smith, 1918, I' 632, pi 15, f 1-2T. waslneysii Playfair, 1917, I' 846, 1'158, f31

According to G. M. Smith (1933), Telraedron duospinum Ackley is the same as Closteridium lunulaReinsch. However, Prescott (1951), who, incidentally, did not recognize Closteridium, treated the two asseparate species of Tetraedron. It is possible that some of Playfair's species do not deserve more than the

"'"statusof varieties and forms of already known species. His T. slrialum (see Playfair, 1917, p 846, pi 58,f 30) could be a Staturaslrum.

Tetraedron stellaturn Swirenko (1926, p 85) has been considered by Korshikov (1953, p 150) as synony-mous to Echinosphaerella limnelica G. M. Smith.*

Fott (1959, p 257) states that a number of algae described as Tetraedron mUlicum, T. trigonum,T. gracile, etc., have been found later as members of other classes of algae like Xanthophyceae andDinophyceae, and no species without a pyrenoid ajld starch can._be considered as a Tetraedron. Thus,

:' ~ T. muticum, according to him (1959, I' 136), is Goniochloris mutica (A. Braun) Fott, pne of the!r "..Xanthophyceae. Fott and Ettl (1959, I' 240). also state that the Po/)'edriurn gigas described by Naegeli and

Reinsch is probably only Telragoniella gigas Pascher (Xanthophyceae) and not a Tetraedron, whereasSkuja's (1948,1'115, f 20) T"raedron regulare with a pyrenoid is really a Tetraedron.

Bourrelly (Bull. Mus. Paris, Ser. 2, 23: 670, f 5, J951) has placed a number of species originally. knownas Tetraedron within the genus PseudosiaurastrUTII (Xanthophyceae) under the sections Telraedriella,TIlrakenlron, Tetragoniella, Goniochloris and ISlh11Jochloron. Fott and Komarek (1960, PI' 249-51) gave thefollowing forms originally known_as Telraedron under Pseudostauraslrum Chodat emend. Skuja (1959)emend. Fott ~nd Komarek: P. hastalum (Reinsch) Chodat in Bourrelly, 1951; P. lobulatum (Naegeli)Chodat in Bourrelly, 1951 and P. enoriize(Ralfs) Hansg. in..Chodat, 1920. Bourrelly (1951) had consideredPseudostaurastrum armalum (Reinsch) Chodat and P. gracile Chodat as invalid.

According to Wt".st and Fritsch (1927, PI' 126-27), only those species of Telraedron in which autospore,Jormation is known to take place can be considered as Tetraedron, since Tetraedron-like stagt"s are known to,occur in Pediastrum, Hydrodictyon and Oocystis. Also, the resting stages of some other algae resemble

..:Tetraedron. Still, they state that even the recording of such forms as new species of Tetraedron helps in their'{ .temporary classification till they are assigned elsewhere. Regarding Chodat's (1920) reference of

Tetraedron enorme to Pseudostaurastrum, they state that this name can hardl1 be retained s.ince it was used<ea!lier (see Hansgirg, 1889; Wille, 1909; Brunnthaler,.1915) for a section of Tetraedron. Further, they

~_state that this requires reinvestigatiop.f.~._ Fritsch (1935, 1'151) remarks that in most cases of Tetraedron, the chloroplast appears to be- a curvcdt 'plate with or without pyrenoids, but there are also instances of records of numerous chloroplasts. He does~I,notrule out the.possibility of their formation by multiplication preparatory to cell diviSion.

~_'

_

- . . I~ is.ofinterest-in this eonne.ction that Starr (1954) has. recorded zoospores in one species, viz.~:1T.bllTldens. _.:-". From the foregoing it appears that, though .all described" species" may not really be Tetraedron

.(as shown by lack of records of pyrenoids, starch and autospore formation in some species), the.~~ibility. of the existence of parallel species in several classes of algae cannot be ruled out and each des-: ,cnbed species may have to be'decided on its own merits. As far as the Indian species are concerned,:',the author prefers to retain them within Telraedrontill more details are known.

.,.r.0' r.

...

XXI. Genus CLOSTERIDIUM Reinsch, 1888, p 510

Cells free-BoC\tiilg, solitary or in loose aggregates, semicircular to crescent-tS)1apedor cylindrical and invDluted, with an unbranched spine from each end. Cell~all relatively thick. Chloroplast single and filling the cell, usually with a pyrenoid.

Reproduction unknown.

Three spec~es are known from the Indian region.

*Tetraedron cuspidalum (Bailey) Wille in J. Brunnthaler, 1915, P 153 (=Closterium cusPidalumey in Ralfs, 1848, p 219,=Ophiocytium cuspidatllm Rabenh., 1868, I' 68,=Reinschiella ? cusR!data (Bail.)Toni. 1889. n 614) ;. ~,..h,~1Iv ~ .f:";"",.1"f'I--.O._u:.. C"6 '_'''_. n _n..J"nnfo ...n.'''. .

r162 CHLOROCOCCALES

KEY TO THE SPECIES

II

II

II

I

iII

I. Cells crescent-to sickle-shapedCells in aggregates and with short spines; cells 5-6 Jlobroad, 16-30

Jlolong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C. bengalicum

2. Cells ovoid or semicircular(a) Cells solitary

Cells semicircular with inner side nearly straight or slightly curved; spines recurved and usuallyunequal; cells 26-28.Jlo broad .C. siamensis

(b) Cells solitary or in aggregates of two to threeCells ovoid with inner side more strongly convex than the outer side; spines short andcurved C. obseum

75. Closteridium bengalicum Turner

W. B. Turner, 1892~p 158, pI 20, f25= Telraedron bengal;cum (Turner) Wille, 1909, p 60; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 153-54, f 182;K. Biswas, 1936, p 125, pI 8, f 8

Cells in aggregates, crescent-shaped with rounded ends and with a short spinefrom each end. Cells 5-6 p, broad, 16-30 p, long. - Spines 5~6 p, 19n9 (Fig. 75)~

HABITAT. N. E. India (Turner, l.c.); Amongst a colony of rotifers (Biswas, l.c.).DISTRmUTION. India (North East). _'-;

This alga, which has so far been known only from N.E. India, has been consi-dered by Printz (1927, p :150) as a Selenaslrum. In fact, it is a doubtful species as some-specimens of Selenastium bibraianum, which accidentally got partially dried up on aslide had the protoplasm in their apices plasmo~yzed into a' central spine-like st!u<:ture(Fig. 127 c, d), the cell wall in this region .being left hyaline. In this state, the alga",under low magnifications presented the appearance of a Closteridiumbengalicum. It is'quite possible' that Turner's alga based on Wallich's manuscript was observed in asimilar state and that the alga is really only a SrlenastrumbibraianumReinsch.

76. Closteridium siaDiensis (W. et G. S. West) G. M. Smith

G. M...Slnith, 1933, p 510=Reinschiella siamen.<isW. et G. S. West, 1901 a, p'I83, pI 4, f 52= Telraedron siamensis (W. et G. S. West) Wille; 1909, p 60; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 154, f 185- .J'

Cells solitary, free-floating, semispherical wit~ the inner side more or less_straight and the outer side convex. Each end with a slightly recurved spine, the twospines being usually unequal, Cells 26-28 p, broad, 66-77 p, long with' the spinei15-52 p, long (Fig. 76). '

HABITAT. Pond, Sambalpur, stray-December (!).DISTRmuTION. Siam, India, Siberia, and N. Anieri'ca.

77. Closteridium obesum (W. et G. S. West) G. M. Smith

G. M. Smith, 1933, p 510=Reinschiella obesa W. et G. S. West, 1901 a, p 184, pI 4, f 53-54= Telraedron obesum (W. et G. S. West) Wille, 1909, p 60; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 154, f 186;H. Skuja, 1~49, p 65, plIO, f26-27; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 268, pI 60, f 19-20

,;

CLOSTERIDIUM163

Cells solitary or in twos, rarely in threes, ovoid with the outer side stronglyconvex, and the inner side nearly straight or slightly concave. Poles of cells with a

single short inwardly curved spine. Cells 12-16 p, broad, 29-46 p, long. Spines6'5-7'5 p, long (Fig. 77).

HABITAT. Pond, suburb of Rangoon-August (Skuja, l.c.).DISTRIBUTION.. Siam, Burma, and N. America.

~~. 9 1",

77 b

.~

76

~

'led

FIGs. 75-78. 75, Closleridium bengalicum TURNE1!.;76, C. siamensis(W. ET G. S. WEST) G. M. SMITH; 77, C. obesum (W. ET G. S. WEST) G. M.SMITH; 78, Polyedriopsis sPinulosa (SCHMIDLE)ScHMIDLE. . .

(75 a, FROM TURNER, 1892; 75 h, FROMBISWAS,1936 (AS Telraedronbengalicum (TURNER) WILLE; 76, X 725; 77 a-b, FROM SKUJA, 1949 (ASTelraedron obesum (W. ET G. S. WEST) WILLE; 78 c-d, AFTER KORSHIKOV,1953; 78 C, WITH 5 ANGLESAND 78 d SHOWING ZOOSPORE FORMATION;78 a-b, FROMPHILIPOSE 1940 (AS TetraedronspinulosumSCHMIDU; 76,X725).

~

~~ CHLOROCOCCALES

Species of Closteridium Ilot recorded from the Indian region

C. bulliJorme Bradley, 1946C. crassisPinum Reinsch, 1888, p 510, pi 8, f2

=Reinschiella crassisPina (Reinsch) De Toni, 1889, p 613= Telraedron crassispinrun (Reinsch) Hansg., 1889, p 18

= T. crassisPinum (Reinsch) Wille in Brunnthaler, 1915, p 154C. curvalum(W. West) comb. novo ,-

=ReinschieUa curvala W. West-see West and Fritsch, 1927, p 127 f 41 C= Telraedron curvalum (W. West) Wille; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 154

C.lunula Reinsch, 1888, p 510, pi 8, f I a-b=Reinschiella lunula (Reinsch) De Toni, 1889, p 613= Telraedron lunula (Reinsch) Hansgirg, 1889, p 18= T. lunula (Reinsch) Wille in Wille, 1909, p 60

Closlerium cuspidalum Bailey, in Ralfs, 1848, p 219, pi 35, f 11 (=Ophiocylium cusPidalumRabenh., 1868, p 68

=Reinschiella? cuspidalaJBailey) De Toni, 1889, p 614=Telraedron cusPidalum (Bail.) WiIleBrunnthaler, 1915, p 154) is actually a Spinocloslerium, viz. S. &urvalumBernard (1908, pp 30-31)belonging to the Desmidiaceae.

XXII. Genus POLYEDRIOPSIS Schmidle, 1899, p 17

Cells solitary, free-floating, flattened, and tetragonal or,pyramidal-'with cruciatesides. Angles truncate with 1-10 long, hyaline, somewhat tapering spines. Chloro-plast single, parietal, and with a single pyrenoid.

Reproduction by the formation of 2-4-8 autospores or ~oospores.Only one species known from the Indian region.

78. Polyedriopsis spinulosa (Schmidle) Schmidle

W. Schmid Ie, 1899, p 17; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 124, pi 27, f7-8; 1926, P 177; pi 9, f 14-15= Telraedron sfJinulosum Schmidle, 1896, p 193, f2; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 154, f 188; M. T.Philipose, 1940,p 160,p12, f43 l

.

rI

l

angles. Sides of cells usually;,Spines 21-40 I-' long (Fig. 78).stray-March (Philipose, I.e.);.

Cells solitary, tetragonal to cruciate with 4-5concave. Cells without spines 12-25 I-' in diameter.

_ HABITAT. Planktonic, Museum Pond, Madr¥,swamp, Kausalya Ganga (Puri), stray-April (!).

DISTRmUTION.Europe, N. America, .India, and Japan. The variety excavatutn(Playfair) G. M. Smith (19"26) is k"oown from-AustralIa and N., America.

Korshikov (1953, p 134, f 73) has recorded zoospores in this species (Fig. 78 d).The only other species of Polyedriospsis,viz. P. quadrispina G. M. Smith (1926,

pp 176-77) is known from N. America only. It is very much like Lagerheimiachoi/atiBernard (1908), but differs in the cells being rectangular.

Other genera not recordedfrom the Indian region

,

Cerasterias Reinsch, 1867, p 68 with four species :.C. irretularis G. M. Smith, 1926, p 176 pi 9, f2-8.C. longisPina (Perty) Reinsch, 1888, p 512

=Phycaslrum longisPinwn Perty, 1852, p 210, pI 16, f 30= Telraedron longispinum (Perty) Hansgirg, 1888, p 132=Cerastniaslongispina (Perty) W. et G. S. West, 1901, p 125

C. raphidioiJes Reinsch, 1867, p 68 p15, f I= Telraedron raphidioiJes (Reinsch) Hansg., 1888, p 131

POLYEDRIOPSIS165

C. slauraslroides W. West in W. et G. S. West, in 1895 a, p 268

= Telraedron slauraslroides (W. West) Wille, 1909, p. 60, non T. slauraslroides G. M. Smith,1926

The varieties incrassalum Reinsch and inequale Reinsch of C. raphidioides are now known to be the sporesof an aquatic fungus found in the plankton (see G. M. Smith, 1933, p 514)

Mycolelraedron Hansgirg, 1890, monospecific :M. ceUare Hansgirg, 1890

The exact systematic position ofChionasler Wille (1903), which has been placed both by WiII~ (1909)and Printz (1927) under the Protothecaceae, is not understood.. Some ,authors e.g. (Kol, 1942) placeit under the fungi.. If it is considered as an alga, its logical position would be by the side of Ceraslerias.Two species of the genus known are: C. bicornis Kol (1942, p 29, pI 6, f 32-34) and C. nivalis (Bohlin) Wille(1903, p 174 =Cerastnias niva/is Bohlin, 1893, p 43).

Thamniaslrum Reinsch (1888, p 513) has been shown (see Taft, 1945) to be the central gelatinousstrands of a Gomphosphania, a genus of the blue green' algae.' .

.Garrick, R. K. (Amer.J. Bol.S2 (1) : 1-8,1965)also includesit under fungi.

'-

~

~ J

~

OOCYSTACEAE Bohlin, 1901, pp 17, 258. Family

Cells spherical, oblong, ellipsoid, naviculoid or reniform (with or without an

envelope) or in small colonies usually enclosed by a mucilaginous envelope formedfrom the membrane of the parent cell, rarely without such an envelope; very rarely

in attached dendroid colonies. Cell membrane smooth or provided with a varyU:!g

number of tubercles or bristles or with a number of longitudinal wings, or ridges.

Chloroplasts one to many and with or without pyrenoids.Reproduction usually by autospores, rarely by aplanospores or oogamous

gametes.Ten genera belonging to the family are recorded from the Indian region.

_ - KEY TO THE GENERA~. ~-

I. Cell membrane with bristlesrusually solitary and free-living, sometimes in small colonies, rarely inattached dendroid colonies; cells spherical to ellipsoid.. Subfam. Lagerhrimioitltu

Chloroplast single and parietal and with or without a pyrenoidCells with setae which are-subpolar, or subpolar and equatorial, but not covering entire surfacea. Solitary and free-living; chloroplast with a pyrenoid

I. Setae with basal tUbercles .~agerheimia ( p 167 )

2. Setae without basal tubercles .Chodatelfa (p 168 ). ;.

b. In attached dendroid colonies; individual cells with or without spines which are devoid of "basaltUbercles;chloroplastwithouta pyrenoid.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DendTO&.Jstis( P 171) ,

II. Cell membrane smooth or omamented with tubercles. ehloropla~t one, rarely more, and with or 'withoutpyrenoids;solitaryor in smallcolonies;cellssphericalto ellipsoid.. . .Subfam.ChIorelloideuCell membrane smooth

a. Cells usually spherical; chloroplast single and with a pyrenoid: .Chlorella ( P 172 )

b. Cells usually ellipsoi<!;chl.oroplast one or.more and usually without a pyrenoid.. ., ...., Palmellococcus( p 176 )

III. Cell membrane smooth, sometimes with irregular thickenings; cells solitary,.large and free-living,spherical O!,ellipsoidal to naviculoid and with numerous disc-shaped to angular chloroplasts, ~achwith. one or more pyren~ids .' : .Subfam.Eremosphaeroltltu

Cells naviculoid or rarely sigmoid to crescent-shaped; with oogamous sexual reproduction........Oocystaenium ( P 177 )

IV. Cell membrane without bristles; usually in colonies of 2-4-8-16 cells, rarely solitary; cells spherical,ellipsoid, sub-cylindrical to reniform; chloroplast when present one or more, parietal and laminateor disc-shaped, with or without pyrenoids. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . .'.. . . . . . . . .Subfam. Oocys/Oitltu

a. Cells spherical to ellipsoid, usually in colonies of 2-4 with dark gelatinous bands separating the;cells .Gloeotaenium ( P 178)

b. Cells ovoid, ellipsoid to cylindrical, usually in colonies of 4-8-16, rarely solitary; without darkbands separating the cellsI. Not living in association with any blue green alga Oocystis ( p 179),.1.:<

,166

I '

'..

\LAGERHEIMIA 167

2. Living in association with a rod-shaped blue green alga.,.,.,.,. ,Glaucocystis ( p 187 )

c. Cells curved, oblong, ellipsoid or reniform and usually in small number within a mucilaginousenvelope.. .NePhrocytium( p 189 )

Subfamily LAGERHEIMIOIDEAE

XXIII. Genus LACElUIEIMIA Chodat, 1895, p 87

Cells. solitary, free floating, spherical. tetrahedral, ellipsoidal or sub sphericalwith broadly rounded poles. Cell wall delicate but distinct and slightly gelatinizedon the surface. Cells with'subpolar or both subpolar and equatorial setae (bristles).Setae with a distinct tubercle, which is sometimes dark brown, at the base. Chromato-phore single, parietal and with one pyrenoid, but in"older cells forming autospo'res,there may be 2~ chromatophores according to the number of arising autospores.

Reproduction by the formation of 2+8 autospores which are usually liberatedimmediately or may remain within the old-mother cell wall for some time. Autosporesliberated by the gelatinization of the mother cell wall, their setae being usuallydeveloped before liber~tion from the widened gelatinized parent membrane.

Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

79. Lagerheimia chodati Bernard

C. Bernard, 1908, PIT-l70-71, f 349-50; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, P 136, f 127; B. FOIt, 1948 a, p 5,pi 2, f a-b -.=Bernordia chodati(Bernard) Playfair, 1917, P 847, pi 59, f 3-4 ,

=Chodatella chodati (Bemard) Ley, 1948, P 36; G. M. Smith, 1950, p 262, f 177 A

Cells more or less spherical with four long setae arrangeq in the form of a cross., Cell membrane somewhat thick. Setae with a small basal tubercle and gradually\ ,tapering towards the tip. Chloroplast single, parietal and with a pyrenoid. Cells.5-~0 p in diameter. Setae 13-22 plong (Fig. .79).; HABITAT. Planktonic in ponds, Balasore, s~ray-December; Cuttack, abundant---July, rare-August; Chaudwar (Cuttack), stray-January; Madras, stray-March;'swamp, Kausalya Ganga (Orissa) rare-April (also see Philipose, 1959, p 276-as

'. 'hodatella chodati){!). -- ' - _

~, DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, W. Africa, India, Java, and Australia.. Though Fott (l.c.) gave the maximum length of the seta as 20 p, in the Indian"iiIlaterial sometimes it was as long as 22 p., There is lot of confusion between Lagerheimia Chodat and Chodatella Lemmer-r~nn (1898 a, p 309) as conceived by different authors. According to Lemmermann,c.hodatelladiffers from Lagerheimia in the absence .of tubercles at the base of the setaer~d the development of setae by the autosporeS only after their liberation from the,~arent cell membrane. Wille (1909) did no(c~nsider these differences sufficiently,Characteristic to recognize Chodatellaand he included Chodatellaas a section of Lagerheimia..R!intz (1927), Smith (1933), and Korshikov (1953) followed Wille. Lemmermann

,910, pp 307-08) still retained both genera and the same was adopted by Brunnthaler"1915), West and Fritsch (1927) and Fritsch (1935).

.J

r168 CHLOROCOCCALES

Ley (1948) considered Lagerheimiainvalid on the ground that the name hadbeen used earlier by Saccardo (1892) for a fungus, and he merged all known speciesof Lagerheimia in Chodatella. Smith (1950) followed Ley. Bourrelly (1951), whoconsidered the difference between the two genera minimal, also followed Ley thoughhe believed that some of the species of Chodatellawill have to be transferred to suchgenera as Golenkiniaand Franceia. However, as pointed out by Skuja (1956), Ley wasin error in considering Lagerheimia Chodat invalid' since Saccardo used the nameLagerheimaand not Lagerheimia, Even if it is contended that the use of two phoneticallysimilar names for two different plants might lead to some confusion, there is a newname Lagerheimiella suggested by Boedijn (1940) for Lagerheimia. Thus, the onlyvalid reason that can be advanced for not recognizing two independent genera is thatthe differences between them are minimal.

Fott (1948 a), who conSolidated all the then_known information on Lagerheimiaand Chodatella, stated that the difference between Lagerheimiaand Chodatellawas small,though sufficient, when a well developed material was observed; and that the youngautospores of Lagerheimia could be, mistaken with the various species of ChodatellalHowever, this.fact " camwt threaten the validity and independence of both g~nera ".For this reason, he recommended study of good material of the algae containingall stages of their development and reproduction.

In the present account both Lagerheimiaand Chodatellaare retained.,

Speciesof Lagerheimia not recordedfrom the 1ndian region

,

L. cyanaeSchiller, 1954,p 240 - ,According to Lund (1960, p 92) it is identical:to Golenkiniopsis tongispina- (Konh.) Korsh,.(1953), except for the delicately blue chromatophore and the occasional four-celledcolonies

L. genevensis Chodat, 1895, p 90, f'I-12=Chodautla genevenis (Chod.) Ley, 1948, p 26

var. subgtobosa (Lemm.) Chodat, 1902, p 188=L. su5gtobosa Lemm., 1898a, p 309=Chodautla subgtobosa (Lemm.) Ley, 1948l p 36=C. genevensis var. subgtobosa (Lemm.) Bourrelly, 1951, p 680

L. griffithsii Fott, 1948 a, p 9, p12, f e-f=Lagerheimia sp. Griffiths, 1916, p 430, pi 34, f 11-12 _=L. subsala Lemm.-G. M. Smith,.pp 1926, p 168, pili, f9, 12, 13 only

L. marssonii Lemm., 1900 c, p 274 -=Chodatetla marssonii (Lemm.) Ley, 1948, p 36

L. minor Fott, 1933, pp 580-83, f 4 .L. oct{J£antha Lemmermann, .1900, p 28 _ _ -

=Chodatetla octacantha (Lemm.) Ley, -1948, p 36.-L. ulradriensis Roll,-1927, p 230, pi 15, f 7L. wratislaviensis Schroeder, 1897, P 373, pi 17, f 7

=Bernardia WTiUislaviensis (Schroeder)' Playfair, 1917, p 847, pi 59, f 3-4=Chodatetla wralislaviensis (Schroeder) Ley, 1948, p 36Lagerheimia urmaniensis Woloszynska (1911, pp 227-28, pi 3, f6) has been considered by Folt

(1948 a, p II) as a species of Polyetlf.iopsis,probably P. sPinulosa .

XXIV. Genus CHODA~ Lemm. emend. Fott, 1948 a, p 11 ,.

Cells solitary and free-floating, ovoid, ellipsoidal to subcylindrical or lemon-Shaped. Cells with four to many setae which are only subpolar or subpolar andequatorial but not covering the whole surface of the cell. Setae fine or firm, usuallytapering towards the end and without any tubercle at their bases.

.ii,

~~.,

CHODATELLA 169

\J.81 b

FIGs. 79-81. 79, Lagerheimia chodali BERNARD; 80, Chodatetla quadrisela LEMM.;81, DendroCYSlisraoi IYENGAR; 81 a, I2ENDRom COLONY;8t b, FORMATIONOF AUTO-SPORES,81 c, AN AUTOSPORE;81c (b, FAT BODY, n, NUCLEUs).

(81, FROM IYENGAR, 1962; 79-80, x 1500).

Chromat9phore single, parietal, and. with a pyrenoid. Older cells fomungautospores may have 2-4-8 chromatoph,ores according to the number of arising-autospores. .,

Reproduction by the formation of 2-4-8 autospol'es which are liberated by thegelatinization or rupture of the mother cell ~an and which do not develop setae untilafter liberation.

.Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

Chodatella quadriseta Lemmermann

E. Lemmermann, 1898 a, p 310, plIO, f 10; J.JIrunnthaler, 1915,p 139, f 141j B. FOil,1948a,p 20, p14, fb-c; G. M. SmIth, 1950, p 262, f 177 D

=Lagerheimia quadrisela (Lemm.) G. M. Smith, 1926, p 180, pi 12, f 5-9; G. W. Prescott, 1951,p 251, pi 46, f 11

..

Cells ovoid or ellipsoid or nearly spherical with two long setae a little below

;each end. The two setae usually in the same plane and straight but sometimes,Jb".e, ".'"

170 CHLOROCOCCALES

planes of each pair of setae are crossed and the setae may be slightly curved.Chloroplast parietal. Cells 3' 5-8 P broad, 5' 5-12 P long. Setae 11-23 p long(Fig. 80).

HABITAT. Planktonic in a pond at Cuttack, rare-August (!).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, Argentina, Africa, Siberia, India, and

Japan. .

Though most of the individuals in the Indian material (cells 5; 3-7 p broad,8 '8-12 P long) came within the range of dimensions given by Fott, a.single cell whichhad four daughter cells (Fig. 80 a) was much larger, 9' 7 P broad and 21 p long. Thisappeared to be due to the expansion of the parent cell membrane during reproduction.

Speciesof Chodatella not recordedfrom the Indian region

C. balatonica Scherffel ex Kol, 1938, p 168, f 3 a-cC. cilliata (Lagerh.) Lemmennann, 1898 a, p 310

=Oot;)lstis ciliata Lagerheim, 1892, p 76, pi 3, f 33-37=Lagerheimia ciliata (Lagerh.) Chodat, 1895, p 86

C. cingula (G. M. Smith) Ley, 1948, p 37= Lagerheimia cingula G. M. Smith, 1926, p 181, pi 12, f 25

C. citriformis Snow, 1903, p 389, pl2, f8=Lagerheimiacitriformis (Snow) G. M. Smith, 1920, pp 130-31, pi 30, f 1-2

C. granulosa Kol, 1959C. longiseta Lemm., 1898, p 310, ~I 10, f 11-18

=Lagerheimia longiseta (Lemm.) Wille, 1909C. octoseta Alten, 1910, pp 47-65C. playfairii Folt, 1948a, p 23, pi 4, f g _

=Lagerheimia ciliata (Lagerh.) Chodat 'var. subsala (Lemm.) Playfair forma mixta 2; var.subsala (Lemm.) + L. ciliata (type)

C. striolata (Phyfair) Folt, 1948 a, p 23, pi 4, f j=Lagerheimia ciliata (Lagerh.) Chodat var. striolata Playfair, 1912, p 525, pi 53, f 22-25=L. coronata Playf. var. striolata Playfair, 1917, p 847

C. subsala Lemm., 1898 a, p 310C. symmetrica Hortobagyi, 1955, p.418; 1959, P 295, pi 13, f264-71

C.longispina Walton (1930), Lagerheimia comosaPlayfair (1917), L. coronata Playfair (1917), L. acuminataPlayfair (1917), L. elliPtica Playfair (1918), and L. dofteinii Schroeder (1921) have alI been considered by"Folt (1948 a) as varieties of one or the other of the species ofChodatella list,ed above. -

Folt (/.c.) also stated that Chodatella,amphitricha (Lagerh.) Lemm. (1898 a), C. armata Lemm. (1898 a),C. breviseta W. et G. S. West (1902 a), C. brevisPina Fritsch (1912), C. javanica Bemard (1908)... andC. droescheri Lemm., (1900 b) should all-be excluded from the genus (al:o see Bourrelly, 1951). _

According to Traino; and Hilton (1963, 1963 a), there is some doubt concerning'.the validity of Chodatellasubsala Lemm. because of the fonowing reasons. Scenedesml!'longus grown by these authors in unialgal, bacteria-free culture, in liquid media or:inorganic composition, invariably showed only unicells bearing three or four spinesfrom each pole, thus showing a close resemblance to C. subsala, but by changing themedium to firm (2' 5 per cent) agar or by the use of a thermal shock to the liquidmedium the percentage of coenobesof the Scenedesmustype'increased markedly almo~to the exclusion of unicells. In- soH-water media the unicellular form was oftep. foundsuspended in the culture liquid while some coenobia were noted in the bottom of theculture tube. Thus, apparently soil-water media are the nearest to conditions eXisting,in the field. According to the authors, there is a possibility of C. .subsalareported from

, the plankton of lakes having a coenobial Scenedesmuscounterpart in the lake bottom.Reports by Prescott (1951) of the occurrence of both S. longus and C. subsala in the.,

"

DENDROCYSTIS

"

171

lakes of Wisconsin and Michigan are cited as giving some support to this argument.Identification of unicellular and coenobial stages from the same site followed by pureculture, thus appears to be very essential to confirm the identification of such organismsbeyond doubt.

;'t. ,~:..

xxv. Genus DENDROCYSTIS Iyengar, 1962, p 4

Thallus microscopic, forming a dendroid colony of cells, colony attached to thesubstra~UIIl by a prominent mucilaginous pad, secreted by the lowermost cell of thecolony at its base. Cells ellipsoid, slightly broader at the upper end than at the

lower. Each cell having a single nucleus in the centre with two round fatty bodies,one on either end of the cell inside a special vacuole. Chromatophore diffuse andmore or less laminate, and without a pyrenoid, but with plenty of starch grains. Cellwall generally furnished with straighf or curved hollow spines as in Lagerheimia, butwithout a basal granule; many of the cells of the colony, however, not developing any

- spines at alL Cells dividing into two through a longitudinal division of the proto-plast. Cell division sooner or later followed by a rupture of the parent wall at itsapex; the two daughter cells formed at each division both passing-to the mouth of theruptured parent membrane and becoming attached to it near the opening by a basalsecretion of mucilage. A repetition of this process of cell division leading- to theformation of a dendroid colony. _

Reproduction by the formation of two autospores in a cell. Sexual reproduc-tion not known.

At present, monospecific."

81. Dendrocystis raoi Iyengar

M.O.p. Iyengar, 1962, p 4, Text-f 1-12

Colonies up to about 180 p long ~nd 150 p broad. Cells 10-16 p broad and

24-36 p long. Cell wall thin, firm and generally furnished with 3-6 elongate, straightor curved spines. Spines hollow and without' a basar granule. Spines 16-22 plong and about I' 5 P broad at the ~ase. Quite a number of cells in the colonywithout any spin~s at all (Fig. ,81). ,. HABITAT. Growing gregar!ously-on stones inside the water in a hilI stream atYercaud, South India, at an' elevation -of about 1,334 metres.

' DISTRIBUTION. India (Madras). '

, Oe':" g~nerawhichmay be includedin the Lagerheimioideae, but not recordedfrom\ '.theIndian region .

.Bohlinia Lemm., 1899, emend. G. M. Smith, 1933 p 505 monospecific :B. echidna (Bohlin) Lemmennann, 1899=Oot;)lstis echidna Bohlin, 1897, p 517, f7=Lagerheimia echidna (Bohlin) Wille, 1909, p 59=Franceia echidna (Bohlin) Korshikov, 1953, p 249

1'101 !hough Smith (/.c.) was in favour of retaining the genus, Korshikov (1953) treated it as a species of,..{ill/cera.

CHLORELLA 173

CHLOROCOCCALES

172 KEY TO THE SPECIES, . for Bohlinia. Bourrelly (195~:,-), I. Free living

, ' 11 (1948) appears to be only a new nam~ et de creer pour une algue VOlSlne Cells spherical, chloroplast cup-shapedpseudobohllma B~trrBohlinia permet de remaner ce genre a FranCtla a. Cells usually solitary, about 5-10 IAin diameter and with thin smooth membrane'........

stated: .. L" examdb hl~ 'a (Ch10rococca1es). .. C. vulgaris ( p 173 )Ie novo gen, : pseu 0 0 In'. _

d ll.h' Korshikov 1953, p 253, monospeclfic : " b. In 4-16 celled colonies, rarely solitary; cells with fairly thick membrane.. ..............Cho ale o[;s~eaKorsh., i953, p~53, f 202 , ;, " ", , .' C. eonglomerata ( p 173 )

, C. el t rshikov monospeclfic: 217 . II. Llvmg wlthm the cells or tissues of mvertebrates. "

DlCaI'jf°t I °phorus Korsh.-see Korshikov, 1953,.p 263, f: a. Cells spherical to ovoid, 3-6 IAin diameter and living inside coelentrates, ciliates, etc...., II I' e

Sen?renk o 1926 P 85, with three specO

l6es : . , . , C. eonduetrix( p 174 )DIce u a WI , , .k 1953 P 4 .

eminata (Printz) Korshl ov, , f 116 18 .- - , 'D. !Franeeia geminata Printz, 1914, p 61, p14, - "b." Cells ?,:,oid, usually 1.5-3 lA, sometimes more, in diam. and living ~s!.je sponges,D. inermisFott, 1941, P 66, f 1-4 397 £401 Ophynd,um,etc , .C; parasl/lCa ( p 175 )

=Didymocystis tubereulata Korsh., 1953, p ,

D. planeton!easWirTkoc/~6s~~~ 1926, p 182, pl12 f27-30 . ; f 82. Chlorella vulgaris Beijerinck=FranCtI,a tubercu d

aDta. Ii I . nder :he Micractiniacea~Korshikov mclude ICeu au. h b t .ght species: .. . . _ .

F . L metmann 1898a, p 307,wit a ~O el M. W. BelJermck,1890,p 758; K. Blswas,1930,p 536,pi 4, f6 a-b; 1936,p 121;A. K. Mitra,rane;a e~ (Lemm) Korshikov,1953,p 23 1947,P 2, f 13; G. W. Prescott, 1951,p 237,pi 53, 'f 13; L. H. Tiffany andM. E. Britton,. arm

Galeankl'nl'a a";'ala Lemm., 1898, P 198 ., 1952, P 114, pi 29, f280 .- = 0 nn 189 a '

=Choda~llaarmata~Mesmrth '1933,p 505,f 344C-D _F. ~C~c~r:H;;er;:r;:;1heriL;m:., '1900b, P 98 -. Alga tree living. Cells usually solitary or in small colonies, spherical and wi~,F. dong:t:Korshikov,1953,b;5~, f1~1, p 28, p143, f 527-29.' . a thin cell membrane. Chloroplast parietal, cup-shaped and with a pyrenoid which is:'

. F. jaC"a

hlllC

d' a (

1IBe~~~ e)~~~~~rd,SY908,p 172 . - _ ' sometimes indistinct. Cells usually 5-10 fl in diameter (Fig. 82).- 0 ate aJav-.. ~ 157 f 10 ' ,

, F.;blongaP1ay£air,1918,p fiiti ~p 308. _ _ .>,.~;- . HABITAT.In tap water or in cultures of saline from Bengal (Biswas, 1930) ;.inF. ovalishe

(/~rancel

)'}F~~n~~'1894,p2, f 1-5 .~ I: .freshwater forming the favourite food of several animalcules (Biswas, 1936); iu cultu-. =Phy 10Sova .' - ':-.....

=Golenkiniafranee:Chodat 252 £ 200'1., res of paddy field sods from U.P. (R. N. Smgh, 1939; Mltra, 1951); m the suburbsF. tenuis

hPina

(KS

ohr~hrsc

'

h1)9~~r;hiko~, 1953,p 251, f 199 - of Rangoon (Skuja, 1949); in soils from Delhi (Dutta- and Venkataraman, 1958';, Fpolyeaeta Cl . - l

" =Ooeystis polyehaeta Schirsch C

.b . t W et ~"; ,in the plankton of a pond. at Kausalya G'anga, Puri, (Orissa), abundant-September;_. . . h ) LeJI1m.,1898a, . rllJlSea . ., . ~. b :J

'

(,)11 (1951) Chodatella amphllneha (~ge..r " rd 1908 could alsobe referred to , m a pond mfested WIth WolfJiaat Satya hamapur, Cuttack, rare- une ..A d'ng to Bourre Y .' 912 d C J'avanlCaBerna '. H t bi""" (1962) .· . .

~ S Wc~~ \902 a, C. brevisPinaFrttsch, 1 , d'nFott). -Following' this suggestion or 0 rw. .' DISTRIBUTION. UblqUltoUS. .~~nc~ia (se;also under qhodateFlla, L~m(::; :~~): . . ., Most authors give the dimensions of this species as 5-10 fl. In the field material

~ d C javanlCato ranetl .fic. .- .. .has trans rlwiocYstisBohlin,189!a, P 15,mOfSSPfcif i4-20 ~.'observedby BlSWas(1930, 1936) the cells were normally.4-12 fl. m dlameter,.but m

I P.endophytie~~oh~doP~:'?~(lhli~r wille, .19<>?,P 59 : -.'1 cultures of saline they were sometimes as small as 2-6 fl. Mitra (1947) gives theSideroC1;;i;;t~~~:, 1953, p 25403monospeclfic " " '.dimensions of the alga as 2-6 fl, sometimes up to 10 fl. According to-him, the material

S.fuseaKors~.,1953,p 254,f2 . _ - _' "'with usually small dimensions of tells and with constant presence of a pyrenoid hi'vingI!a distinct sheath combines the characteristKs'oW: pyrenoidosaand of Chodat's (1913)

,,~ strain of C. vulgaris. In the author's material the cells measured 4-7 fl jn diameter.Beijerinck ,(l.c.) includes -under this species only--the free living form. Two

similar forms, -one living inside Hydra, Slentor or Paramoecium, and the other 1nJreshwatw sponges (Spongilla) and Ophyridium,and originally described by Brandt (188~)

;i'as /(,oochlorellaconductrixand Z: parasitica, respectively, are treated by Beijerinck as the';,~espectivespecies of Chlorella. Some authorities (see Brunnthaler, 1915) even go to.:!he extent of treating these two species occurring inside animals as identical with'C. vulgaris. However, Fritsch _ (1935) believed that organisms inhabiting different;,hostsare probably different elementary'species of Chlorella. So, in the present account,~C:hlorellaoccurring on animal hosts are excluded from C. vulgaris.

Subfamily CHLORELLOIDEAE: '

XXVI.. -Genus- C~O~LLA-Beijerinck, 1890, p 758

F.Oltmanns, 1904,p 183;J.Brunnthaler, 1!J'15,p 112, £73Pleurococcuscon,lomeratusArtari, 1892, p 28..p1 7. f 12-20

i- "

Cells small, spherical to broadly ellipsoid, solitary or aggregated in small..

colonies of irregular shape.' Free living or symbiotic. Chloroplast usually single~

parietal, cup-shaped or laminate, rarely reticulate and usually with a pyrenoid.pyrenoid not' always clear. '

Reproduction by the formation of 2-4-8-16 autospores.Species of Chlorell{lare found in freshwater, sea, subaerial habitats and in,

syIJlbiotic relationships.Four species have been reported from the Indian region.

'FoU" .." (1959)_"".d F,.".;'_, E U."...,...,..10F...~ (F=<,)"';;;;;;f,. . !fr.~

Chlorella conglomerata (Artari) Oltmanns

""''P ....

'-

:'i.......-

174

82 a

CHLOROCOCCALES

.

CHLORELLA 175

the animal

Cells 3-6 pCells globose or broadly ovoid, usually compactly arranged within

host. Chloroplast usually one (rarely two), parietal and with a pyrenoid.in diameter (Fig. 84).

HABITAT. Inside the polyps of Myrionema amboinensis found in the sea coastnear Galle, Ceylon (Svedelius, l.c.).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America and Ceylon.The alga occurs also in Hydra, Stentor and Paramoecium, the infected animals

becoming green.

85. Cblorella parasitica (Brandt) Beijerinck

M. W. Beijerinck, 1890, p 758; L. H. Tiffany, and M.E. Briton, 1952, p 114, pi 29, f281=ZoochlorellaparasiticaBrandt, 1882, p 140; G. W. Prescott, 1952, p 235, pI53,f9; as Chlorella

d _ vulgarisBeijermck-seeG. S. Venkataraman, 1957,p 909 .

82 b

~.,,;,'(,,~.,..~,.'. ..",".....-.:..;: ":..'

86 a

Cells ovoid with usually a single (rarely two) chloroplast which is in the form ofa perietal plate. Cells l' 5-8'1 P in diameter (Fig. 85).

HABITAT. In the freshwater sponge in ponds, Banaras (Venkataraman, l.c.).~his alga is kno~n to occur -also in Ophyrid~um. Both Prescott, and Tiffany

. and Britton (1952) gave the d~ensions of cells as 1'5-3 p. The Ip.dian alga, with

.ceqs 3'6-8'1 p in diameter, is larger. -d. ' -

!:

CbIoreUa c:onductrlx .(Brandt) Beijerinck .,l

M. W. Beijerinck, 1890, p 758; L. H. Tiffany and M. E. Britton, 1952, P 114, p129, f 282 .=Zoochlorella conductrixBrandt, 1882; p 14(); N. Svedelius, 1907, p 32; G. W. Prescott, 1951,

p 235, pi 53, f "10 .

@@

@ @Q r.;:,. t'1'1\

@..,.,w . ~@O'< @) .,'. ~ i(::I ~

(@ ~ @) 0.Ji!) LTh\W@ crJT,'.':.': ~...~ Q

@ ~ ~8~ - -FIGs. 82-87. 82, Chlorella vulgaris BEljE~GK; 83, C. conglomerata (ARTARI)

OLTMANNS;84, C. conductrix '(BRANDT) BEljERINCK; 85, C. parositica {BRANDT1BElj~; 86,PalmeJlococcus saccharoPhilus (KRUEGER) CHODAT; 87, Oocystaenium elegans GONZ. ET MEHRA.

(82- a-c, FROM' GRINTZESCO; 82 d, FROMBISWAS, 1930; 83 FROM ARTARI; 84-85,FROMTIFFANY & BRIT!.0N, 1952; 86, FROM MIGULA; 87 a-b, AFTERGONZALVES& MEHRA1959; 87 c-e, FROM GONZALVES & MEHRA, 1959). -

Colonies usually 4-16 celled, rarely solitary; 'cells spherical with 'a fairly thickmembrane. Chloroplast hollow-spherical with a pyrenoid (Fig. 83).

HABITAT. As pale green patches on a flowe~ pot in a laboratory, Rangoon,in March (Skuja, 1949). -

DISTRIBUTION.Switzerland, Siberia and Burma.

84.

83 a'~~~ ~:. .,.

~,.. ...._ . "';;:.:85 AA

~3~U~

86b'Species of ChIorella not recordedfrom-the Indian region

C. acuminata Gerneck, 1907C. DSymmelrica Mainz, 1928, p 93C..aureoviridis Meyer, 1932, p 510 _C. bacteroidea Hortobagyi, 1941a, pp 474:-76, f 3.C. botT)'oidesPetersen,. 1932, p 36, f 18tC. brasilieT!Sisde Almeida et da Silva, 1946, p 295C. cladoniae Chodat, 1913, pp 108-11, f 103-06C. coelostroides Chodat, 1909, p 103, pi 14, fD-EC.communisArtari, 1906,p 179 ..C. ellipsoidea Gerneck, 1907, p 250, pill, f 45-51C.faginea (Gemeck) Wille, 1909, p 56C. genevensis Chodat, 1909, p 103, pi 14, f A-BC. homosphaera Skuja, 1948, p 130, pi IS, f 13 a-kC. koelllitzi (Fritsch) Wille, 1924C.lacustris Chodat, 1909, p 103, pi 15,fKC.lichina Chodat, 1913,pp 92-94, f81-84C. luteo-viridis Chodat, 1913, pp 107-08, f 101-02C. marina Butcher, 1952C. m'ucosa Korshikov, 1953, p 237, f 178-C. neustoniea Bourrelly, 1958, p 117, f 10C.nordstedtii Printz, 1938, p 82, f IC. ovalis Butcher, 1952C. pachyderma Printz, 1915 a, p 23, p12, f 124-33C. paramecii LoeferC. pyrenoUlosa Chick, 1903, p 458C. regularis (Artari) Oltmanns, 1904, p 183

=Pleurococcus regularis Artari, 1892, p 29, pi 7, f21-29C. rubescens Chodat, 1909, p 103, pi 15, f G-HC. rugosa Petersen, 1928, pp 431-32, f 35-36C. salina Butcher, 1952.C. simplex (Artari) Migula, 1907

· See Addendum

. t Isolated by the authors from the lesions of patients with mycoses. Though not considered a!X'ntaminant, they wondered whether the antibiotic substance "chlore1lin" present in the alga might!lot reduce the pathogenicity of the fungus (see Schwimmer and Schwimmer, 1955).

. 176 CHLOROCOCCALES

=Pleuroeoeeus simplex Artari, 1892, p 243C. sparkii Alvik, 1934C. stigmatophora Butcher, 1952C. terrieola HollerbachC. tetraedriea Wille, 1924C. viseosa Chodat, 1913, pp 105-07, f97-100C. werthii Wille, 1924C. xanthella Beijerinck, 1890C. zopfingiensis Donz, 1934, p 131

XXVII. Genus PALMELLOCOCCUS Chodat, 1894 b, p 601

Cells spherical to ellipsoid, solitary or in an expanded stratum. Mature cellswith one to several discoid or plate-like chloroplasts which are generally devoid of apyrenoid. Structure of chloroplast often masked by the accumulation of a reddish oilwithin the chloroplast.

Reproduction by the formation of 2-4-8-16-32 autospores which are liberatedby the rupture of the,mother cell wall. Sometimes, the entire cell contents convertedinto an aplanospore.

G. M. Smith (1933) stated that it is the usually ellipsoidal cells and the shapeand number of chloroplasts-which are more significant in distinguishing Palmelloeoecusfrom Chlorella than the presence or absence of pyrenoid. According to him, PalTTt§llo-coccus may have a pyrenoid occasionally. Wille (1909), Brunnthaler (1915), and",Printz (1927) treated PalmelloeoccusChodat as a . section of Chlorella along withEuehlorella Wille, ChloroideumNadson (1906) and AerosphaeraGerneck (1907f

Only one species is recorded ftom th~ Indian region~ -

86. PahneUococcus saccharophilus (Krueger) Chodat

R. Chodat, 1909,p 103. Chlorotheciumsaccharophilum Krueger, 1894, p 94-=Chlorella saceharoPhila (Krueg.) Wille, 1909, p 56=C. saceharophila (Krueg.) Nadson, 1906;J. Brunnthaler,

p62

',~

1915, P 113, f 77; H. Skuja, 1949,

Cells e1lipsoid, ovoid or rarely spherical, bean-shaped Qr pear-shaped.. Cemmembrane thin, colourless and slimy. Chromatophore in the form of a flat plate anddevoid of a pyrenoid (Fig. 86). _' --

HABITAT; As pale green patches on flower pot in a laboratory" Rangoon, during-March, along with Chlorellaeonglomerata(Skuja, l.e.).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe and Burma.This alga is normally found in excretions of trees (Brunn thaler, op.e.).

Species of Pal~ellococcus not recordedfrom the Indian reg;on

P. marinus ColJins, 1907, P 197P. miniatus (Kuetz.) Chodat, 1894 b, p 599

=Protocoecus miniatus Kuetzing, 1845, p 203=Pleuroeoeeus miniatus (Kuetz.) Naegeli, 1849, p 65=Chlorella miniata (Kuetz.) Wille, 1909, p 56=C. miniata (Naegeli) Oltmanns-seeJ. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 113

P. prototheeoides (Krueger) Chodat, 1909, p 103, pi 15, f I, J, N=Chlorella prototheeoides Krueger, 1894

'...,','

,-

Ii6

III

'"

""

OOCYSTAENIUM

P. symbioticus Chodat, 1913, p 112, f 107-08.P. thermalis G. S. West, 1904 a, p 287P. variegatus (Beij.) Chodat, 1909, p 103, pi 15, f M

=Chlorella variegata Beijerinck, 1890

177

Othergenerawhich-ma)' be included in the Chlorelloideae, not recordedfrom the Indianregion

Eomyees Ludwig, 1894, p 905, monospecific :E. erieanus Ludwig 1894, p 905

](lagia Vischer, 1955, p 517-- =Chlorellopsis Zeitler non Reis, monospecific :

J. aquatica Vischer, 1955, p 517

KerioehlatTI!JIsPascher, 1943, p 194, monospecific :K. s{yriaca Pascher, 1943, p 194, pI 1-3

Mieracantha Korshikov, 1953, p 256, monospecific :M. minutissima Korsh., 1953, p 256, f 204 -

Muriella Petersen emend. Vischer, 1936, p 406, with five species:M. aurantim;a Vischer, 1936, p 406, pi 17, f 1-3M. australis Phillipson, 1935, p 276, f 20 ,

M. deeolor Vischer, 1936, p 407, pi 17, f 4-5M. magna Fritsch etJohn, 1942, p 378, f 3 A-DM. terrestris Petersen, 1932 a, p 403, f 9

MyeacanthoeoecusHansgirg, 1890'a, with three species :M. antareticusWille, 1911 'M. eellaris Hansgirg, 1890 aM. ovalis Gain, 1912

Myur~r;'rcus Hansgirg, 1890 a, monospecificM. uroeoeeusHans.girg, 1890 a

Prototheea Krueger, 1892, with four species:P. chlorelloides Beijerinck

P. moriformis Krueger, 1892, p 78, pi 4P. portoricensis.Ashford, Citerri et Dalman, 1930, p 636*P. zopfii Krueger, 1892, p 78, pl4

Sestosoma Hortobagyi, 1947 a" monospecific :S. villosum Hortob., 1947 a, p 45, f 1-12

Sideroeelis (Naumann) FOIt, 1934, with ten speciesS. balatonicus Hortobagyi, 1948, p 27, f 6S. elegans FOIt, 1953, P 144, f 5 cS. estheriana Hortobagyi, 1948, p 26, f 1-5S. hexacosta Thompson, 1952, p 365, f 3-5S. kolkowitzii (Naumann) Folt, 1934

=Chlorella kolkowitzii Naumann, 1919S. mintJt (Naumann) Fott, 1934

~Chlorella minor Naumann, 1919S. minutissima (Korsh.) Bourrelly, 1961, p 318

=Amphikrikos minutissima Korshikov, 1953, p 244, f 189S. nana Folt et Heynig, 1961, p 351, pi 1-2, 3 bS.. oblonga (Naumann) Fott.1934, p 117.

=Chlorella oblonga Naumann, 1919S. ornata (Folt) Fott, 1934, pp 114-16, f 1-2

=Oocystis ornata Fott, 1933ThelesPhaera Pascher, 1943, monospecific :

T. alPina Pascher, 1943, p 194, pi 4-7

Subfamily EREMOSPHAEROIDEAE

XXVIII. penus .OOCYSTAENIUM Gonz~lves et Mehra, 1959, p 206

Cells solitary, naviculoid, rarely sigmoid or crescent-shaped, sometimes with an~nspicuous ,thickening at the poles; male cells more slender than that of female;::oroplasts numerous, each with an embedded pyrenoid. Vegetative multiplication by

'~ *Isolated from the stools oftropicaJ sprue patients in San Dominll'o.

Fro. 88. -G/oeolaenium/oil/esbergerionumHANSO.(a, FROMGONZALVES& JOSHI, 1946;b-d, 1892).

Colony broadly ellipsoid in front view and oblong in side view. Cells sphericaltel ovoid and completely filling the space inside the mother cell wall. Gelatinous

;",bands broad. Chloroplast usually with a .distinct 'pyrenoid. Colonies (2-4 celled) *'20-80 It in diameter and 20-30 It thick. CelIs 12-30 It in diameter (Fig. 88).'

"HABITAT. N. E. India (Turner, I.e.); pond, Bombay (Gonzalves and Joshi,I.e.); pond, Mandalay-November and trench, Rangoon (Skuja, 194-9).

DISTRIBUTION.. Europe, N. America, W. Indies, India, Burma, China, andUiiPan.

The onl~ other species known is G. minusPascher (1915, p 215, f 18-20), It has.~ recorded from Austria.

xxx. Genus OOCYSTIS Naegeli in A~ Braun, 1855, p 94-

,.," Cells usually free-floating, solitary or enclosed within the expanded mother cell~embrane to form te~porary colonies. Cells spherical, ovoid, ellipsoid, fusiform orCylindricalwith rounded or pointed ends. Cell wall smooth or with conspicuous nodular

'ckenings at the poles, rarely granular. Chloroplasts one or more, parietal, disc-..,.ped,.laminate, irregularly stellate or reticulate, and with or without pyrenoids.

Reproduction by the formation of 2-4--8-16 autospores which. are retained~n the mother cell wall for some time.

Twelve species are recorded from the Indian region.

,~: ";.

~. Gupta and Nair (Bal. Go.(;., 124; 144-46, 1962) have reported filamentous colonies in this alga.~ their significance in the evolution of the Ulotrichales.

178

c

CHLOROCOCCALES

r

I

I

f

OOCYsns

2-4- autospores from a cell. Sexual reproduction oogamous. Antherozoids ovoid;oospheres globose, rarely ovoid; zygotes globose or ovoid with median layer of wallverrucose.

Monospecific.

87. OocystaeniulD elegans Gonzalves et Mehra

E. A. Gonzalvesand K. R. Mehra, 1959,pp 201-06,f 1-20a

Cells usually naviculoid, rarely sigmoid or crescent-shaped, sometimes with aninconspicuous thickening at the poles. Chloroplasts numerous (over 200) and frequentlyarranged in a reticulate manner. Each chloroplast lanceolate to irregular with acentral pyrenoid. Cell uninucleate. Male cells 37-4-5 It broad, 150-198 It long.,Female cells 55-64- ,a-broad, 160-216 ,a long (Fig. 87).

HABITAT. In accumulation of rain water in a field in Goregaon ~ear Bombay(Gonzalves and Mehra, I.e.).

DISTRIBUTION.India (Bombay). .

This alga, placed by the authors near Oocystis,-shows a fair degree of resemblanceto EremosPhaerain the cells being solitary and having numerous chloroplasts (eachwith a pyrenoid) which show a tendency for reticulate arrangement. So, it is includedhere under the subfamily Eremosphaeroideae within the family Oocystaceae. -'

Generaof subfamily. Eremosphaeroideae ,not recordedfrom the Indian region

Eremosphaera De :!Jary, 1858, p 56, 'wit~ two species :E. oocysloides Prescott in Prescott, Silva and Wade, 1945, pp 85, 93, pi I, f 20-21E. viridis De Bary, 1858, p 56, pi 8, f26-27

Both these spedes occur in acidic watersExcenlrosphaero G. T. Moore, 1901, p 320, monospccific :

E. viridisMoore,1901,p 320 .

This alga has an irregularly thickened cell wall

-

Subfamily. OOCYSTOIDEAE

XXIX. Genus GLOEOTAENIUM Hansgirg, 1890,p 10

Cells spherical to ellipsoid, llsually in flat or pyramidal cplonies of 4-, rarely 2 'or8, cells lying within' the clos(} fitting mother cell wall. Cells in a colony separatedfrom each other within the mother cell wall by dark gelatinous bands which are cI'QSS"wise in 4-celled colonies and transverse in 2-celled colonies. Cell wall thick and

lamellated. Old cell wall enclosing the colony very- often with folds and darkgelatinous discs opposite the cells. Chloroplast pari<;tal, .filling the cell and with orwithout a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by the formation of 2-4-8 autospores or akinetes.Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

,88. GloeotaeniUDl loitlesbergerianUDl Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1890,p 10; W. B. Turner, 1892,p 157,pI21,fl2; A. Pascher, 1915,p215,f 15-11;E. A. Gonzalves and D. B.Joshi, 1946, p 174,pi I , f 8

179

88 b

180 CHLOROCOCCALES

KEY TO THE SPECIES

1. Cells with polar nodulesi. Polar nodules distinct

a. Cells solitary or in colonies and with numerous (12-25) disc-shaped chloroplasts............O. solitaria(p 180)

b. Usually in colonies and with 1-3 laminate chloroplasts... . . .'. . . . . .. .O. lacus/rit(p 181)ii. Polar nodulesinconspicuous, .

Cells with 4-10 disc-shaped angular chloroplasts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O. crassa (p 181)II. Cells without polar nodules

i. Cells solitary and forming two kinds of autosporesChloroplasts up to about 15 and disc-shared. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .O. kumaonensis(p 181)

Ii. Colonial and forming only one kind of autospore. Chloroplasts 1-4, parietal and laminate or'more in number and disc-shapedA. Cells broadly ellipsoid to round, about 11-li times longer than broad

a. Outer envelope more or less round and narrow~Cells 9-14 pobroad, 9-19 polong. Chloroplasts1-4 . . . . . . . . . .O.borgei (p (83)

+ +Cells usually 29-40 pobroad and 40-51 .8 po long .. .. .. . . . . . . .. .. O. gigas (p (83)b. Outer envelope irregular with cells somewhat crowded towards one end

Cells irregularly ellipsoid to round, 16-20 po broad, 24-30 polong; chloroplast single....O. imgularis (p (84)

B. Cells oblong or oblong-ellipsoid and about 2-3 times as long as broad ,a. Envelope of colony lemon-shaped . . :"... . .O.macrospora(p (84),b. Envelope of colony not lemon-shaped ' '"

+Cells with one or more parietallalI!-inate chloroplasts ' ".'Cells 3-7 .5. pobroad, 6-12 polong chl01'.Opiasts2-3.. .. .. . . . ... O. pusilla (p 184)

Cells 9-26 pobroad, 16-40 polong; chloroplast single. .0. naegelii(p 185)+ +Cells with a number of disc-shaped chloroplasts

Cells 7-9'1 pobroad, 18-24 polong;5hloroplasts--2-8.. O. ecballocys/iformis(p 186)

Cells'II-12'5 pobroad, 22-25 polong; chloroplasts 10-20. . . .. . .. O. ellip/ica(p 1a6~'

89. Oocystis solitaria Wittrock

ex V.B. Wittrock et C.F.O. Nordstedt, 1879, p 24, r 1-5; H. Printz, 1913, p 183 pl5, f 36-39;'J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 124. r 94; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 113,pi 22, f II; G. W. Prescott, 1951..p 247, pi 54, f 10 .

,

Cells 'solitary or in colonies of 2, 4 or .8 cells enclosed w~thin -th~ old mother ceilwall; ovoid to ellipsoid, thick walled and - with markedly thick polar nodules.

Chloroplasts num<:rous, p~rietil and discoid. Cells 3-20 p, br?ad, 7-39 p, long;(Fig. 89). -

HABITAT. In shallow pools overgrown with weeds in.,Mansang, Upper Burma(W. and G. S. West, 1907); embedded in the mucus of Gloeocapsamonlana on ,drippingrocks in Assam at an altitude of 200 metres-October (Biswas, 1934); pond, Bombay'(Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946); ponds, Cuttack, rare-August; Ochira (Kerala);stray-February (!). .

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread.This species also occurs in brackish water (Moebius, 1889).Heynig (1962, P 488) reported conj1,lgation between two adult cells of this species

by the disappearance of the cell wall 'at the point of fusion and migration of'nucl~towards the copulatory opening. However, he has not been able to follow the place ofmeiosis, amphimixis of the nuclei and development of the zygote. If this record is can.firmed, it will be extremely interesting since the only other member of the Oocystacea~"

..

OOCYSTIS181

in which sexual reproduction is known is Oocystaenitlm (Eremosphaeroideae) andthe sexual fusion in this genus takes place between motile antherozoids formed inlarge numbers within male cells and non-ciliated oospheres formed singly withinfemale cells.

90. Oocystis Iacustris Chodat

R. Chodat, 1897 a, p 119; 1897 b, p 296, plIO, f 1-7, 13; H. Printz, 1913, p 180, pH, f22-23;J. Brunntharer, 1915, p 125, f96; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 112, pi 22, f 8-9; K. Biswas, 1949, Pt I,1>,69, pi 3, f 30

" Cells ellipsoid with somewhat pointed ends, about I! times longer than broad

and usually in 4-8 celled colonies with polar nodules. Chr:omatophores 1-3,parietal and laminate without pyrenoids. Margins of chromatophores entire or'

irr~gularIy lobed. Cells 8-22 p, broad and 13-32 p, long. Four-celled colonies 26 p,broad, 32-37 p, long. Eight-celled colonies 26-43 p broad and 30-75 p, long (Fig. 90).

' ' HABITAT.Ponds, Bombay (Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946); Dibrugarh (Assam),t'straY-May; Cuttack, rare-July and August; Azhicode (Kerala), rare-February;, :fishery bundh, Chandrakona - Road, Midnapore (W. Bengal), rare-December;

,swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri (Orissa) stray-April 0).

" DISTRIBUTION.Europe, 'N. America, Africa, India, Japan, and New Zealand.J~ This alga Occurs bot:}:lin fresh and slightly saltish water (.printz, I.e.).~~ ~

91. Oocystis Cra~sa Wittrock _

ex V.B. Wittrock and-G.F.o. Nordstedt, 1880, p 117; H. Printz, 1913,pp 175-76, pH, r 12-14;J. Brunnthaler,1915, p 125, f99; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 113, pi 22, f 12-13

~'. Cells solitary or in colonies of 2-4, ellipsoid, nearly twice as long as broad and

:!with mammillary th}ckenings at the poles. Chromatophores parietal, fairly large~~d 4-10 in each cell, each with a pyrenoid. Cells 10-20 p, broad and 12-26 p, long'i{Fig.91).

~ ,- 'HABITAT. In shal!ow pools overgrown with weeds in Mansang, Upper Burm.a-\January (W. and G. S.-West, 1907); rock pool and tanks, Ceylon .(Crow, 1923); pond,'Cuttack, stray-August (!).,' _

r 'DISTRIBUTION. Europe, N. America, Madagascar, India, Burma, Ceylon,~fSiberia,and Australia.

,.

Oocystis kumaonensis K. P. SinghK. P. Singh, 1960,pp 29-30, f 1-4

Cells solitary, broadly ellipsoidal with rounded poles. Cell wall. thin and

,ooth" in young cells, appreciably thickened in older resting cells. Chloroplasts up:~ about 15 in number, parietal and discoidal and with a pyrenoid. Reproduction byrour cruciately arranged autospores, two big (macro-autospores) and two small (micro-~titospores), which are liberated by the gelatinization of the parent cell wall. Cellslp'5-23'4 p, broad, 31'2-35'1 p, long; macro-autospores 15'6-19'5 p, broad, 23'4-,7'3 II long; micro-autospores 6'8-9'7 p, broad, 8'5-14'6 p, long (Fig. 92).

:~\.I.,~f..~....

tr.

~. ...~'"

182 CHLOROCOCCALES

91 a

~lb

~92 d

OOCYSTIS 183

HABITAT. In a dripping rock, Naini Tal, Uttar Pradesh (Singh, i.e.).DISTRIBUTION. India (Uttar Pradesh). .

According to Singh (l.c.), the exact fate of the micro-autospores is not known,but apparently they degenerate.

93. Oocystis borgei Snow

.t J.Snow, 1903, p 379, p12, f 7: 1-5; H. Printz, 1913, p 173, p14, t 1-2; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 111,pI22, f4; G. W. rrescott, 1951, p243, pI 51, flO '

=Oocys!is gigas var. borgei Lemmennann, 1904, p 107; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 127, f 106'.

f

Cells broadly ellipsoid with rounded ends. Poles not thickened. Chloroplasts1-4; parietal, each with a pyrenoid. Cells 9-13 p broad, 9-19 p long. Usually in2-8 celled colonies,. the enclosing envelope being more or less round and' narrow(Fig. 93).

HABITAT. Fishery bundhs, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore (W. Bengal),very rare-December; ponds, Padampur (Orissa), stray-December; Cuttack stray-July, Kurnool (Andhra Pradesh), stray-December, Madras, rare-October and

.7November, Azhicode (Kerala), rare-Februarr, and Ochira (Kerala), rathercommon-=-February.

. DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, S. and W. Africa, Faeroes, India, Java,;. Japan, and Australia. .. The alga was usually found in soft waters (also see, Prescott, op.c.) in the:localitiesmentioned.- -

Oocystis gigas Archer

W. Archer, 1877, pp 104-05; H. Printz, 1913, p 189; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 127, f 105;A. Pascher, 1915, p 235; G. W.Prescott, 1951,p 244, p151, f 14

-l Usually in colonies of 2-4 cells. Envelope more or less round and narrow.

..cells broadly, ellipsoid, about 'I! times longer than broad with. the ends broadly'ounded and not thickened. Cells usually 29-40 p broad and 41-51'8 p long, rarely

~8-20 p broad and 31-32 p IOI\g (Fig. 94 a). '

HABITAT. P~nds, Cantonment Gardens, Rangoon-May and Mandalay-ovember (Skuja, 1949). .

;; DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, Africa (Sudan and N. Rhodesia), and!Bunna..

var. incrassata W. et G. S. West

W. and G. S. West, 1894, p 14, p12, f37; H. Printz, 1913, pp 189-90, pI 6, f 71; J. Brunnthaler,1915, p 127, f 107; A. Pascher, 1915, p 235; O. A. Korshikov, 1953, p 272=Oocyslis incrassalus (W. et G. S. West) C~dergren, 1933, p 85

. Cells with thicker membrane than in the 'type and with the poles somewhat~inted and drawn out. Cells 39 p broad and 56p long (Fig. 94 b).~ HABITAT. In artificial tank, Peradeniya (W. and G. S. West, 1902).

DJSTRIBUTION.Europe and Ceylon.

184 CHLOROCOCCALES

95. OQcystis irregularis (Petkof) Printz

H. Printz, 1913, p 178, pI4,f21; A. Pascher, 1915, p 236, f 39=Oocystis tlaegelii A. Braun var. tyPica Kirchner f. irregularis Petkof, 1910, p 159, pi 3, f 3

Cells irregularly ellipsoid to round and usually crowded towards one side in4-celled colonies. Cell wall thin and without apical thickenings. Chromatophoresingle, parietal, covering the cell completely and without a pyrenoid. Cells 16-20 ~broad and 24-30 p, long (Fig. 95).

HABITAT. Ponds', Mandalay-November (Skuja, 1949).DISTRIBUTION.Europe and Burma.

96. Oocystis macrospora (Turner) Brunnthaler

J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 127, f 109=Hydrocytium macrosporum Turner, 1892, p 154, pi 20, f 32

Colonies 2-4 celled. Envelope lemon shaped. Cells elongate-ellipsoid tooblong .with rounded ends and about two times as long as broad. Colony 39-52 ~broad, 50-65 p, long. Cell 19 p, broad, .39 ~ long (Fig. 96).

HABITAT. N. E. India (Turner, i.e.)DISTRIBUTION.India;

Printz (1913) believed that this sp~ies can probably be included underO. _elliPtica W. West.

...97. Oocystis pusllla Hansgirg

A. Hansgirg, 1890, p 9; H. Pdntz, 1913, p 181, pi 4, f 31-32; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 124;G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 246, p151, f IS, pi 54 f 4-5=Oocystis naegel~iA. Br. var. minutissimaBernard, 1908, p 172

Usually solitary but sometimes in coloJ!ies of 2-4-8 cells enclosed. by the en;'larged mother cell wall. Cells cylindrical, about two times longer than broad andwith the' poles rounded and without nodular thickenings. Chromat~phores 2-3, not'occupying the entire cell and without pyrep,oids. Cells frequently 'with oil globulesdispersed and the chromatophores may also be yellow-green. Cells 3-7' 5 P, broad,6-12 p, long.. " -

The type species has not been recorded from the Indian region.

var. maior Skuja

H. Skuja, 1949, p 63, pi 9, f 18-28

Cells elongate-ellipsoid with the ends truncate to rounded, and sometimes witha slight median inflation. Solitary or as 2-4 autospores inside the old mother.ceI1wall. Cell membrane thin and without polar thickenings. Cells much larger thanin the type, measuring 6'8-II p, in breadth and II-23 p, in length. Chromatopho~apparelltly without pyrenoids (Fig. 97). . .

OOCYSTIS

185

.~

97b

95 98

,~~~a 99b 99 f

,1003 100b

FIGs. 95-100. 95, Oocystis irregularis (PETXOF) PRINTZ; 96, O. macro_spora (TURNER) BRUNNTH.'; 97, O. pusilla HANSG. VAR. MAlOR SXUjA;98, O. naegeliiA. BRAUN; 99, O. ecballocystiformis IYENGAR; 100, O. ellipticaW. WEST. .

(95, FROM PRINTZ, 19'13; 96, FROMTURNER, 1892 (AS Hydrocytiummacrosporum TURNER); 97, FROMSXUjA, 1949; 98, FROM CHODAT; 99, FROMlYENGAR, 1932; 100 a, FROM W. WEST; 100 b, FROMGONZALVES,&JOSI!I,

.'1946).

HABITAT. In ponds, Rangoon and ~andalayilatter locality as a scum (Skuja, I.e.).

DISTRIBUTION.Burma.

Oocystis naegelii A. Braun

A. Braun, 1855,p 94; H. Printz, 1913, pp 178-79, pIS, f 64;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 127, f 108;L. H. Tiffany and M. E. Britton, 1952, p 117, pi 32, f320

; Coloniesusually 2-4--8 celled with the envelopemore or lessclose fitting. Some-IOn" .. 'Out"y ,oil,. Coil, ovoid 0' dongat, with roundod 'n"'. Coli mombeanolJii,iy thlok. Clucomatopboco,iogl, and io th, fonn of a Pari'tal plare, wbich ".Otially0' onmpl,rely lobod and without aPyreuoid. Cd" 9--26I' broad a"d~ f' lon~ (Fi~.98).

(April and November), in the

CHLOROCOCCALES

186

HABITAT. Adhering to water plants in Afghanistan (Schaarschmidt, 1886).DISTRIBUTION.Widespread, incl. Europe, N. and S. America, W. Africa,

Afghanistan, Singapore and Hawaii.

99. Oocystis ecbaUocystiforJDis Iyengarl-I.O.P. Iyengar, 1932, p 224, Text-f 7 M-T.

Cells oblong-ellipsoid with broadly rounded ends. Cell membri"ne thin and

without polar thickenings. Chloroplasts 2-4-8, parietal and disc~shaped, each witha minute pyrenoid. Reproduction by 2-4-8 autospores for!1led inside the distendedmother cell wall. Adult cells 7-9'1 fL broad, 18-24 ft long. Young cell 5'5 fL broadand 16 ft long (Fig. 99).

HABITAT. In a rock pool near Jog Falls, Mysore (Iyengar, i.e.).DISTRIBUTION.India (Mysore).

100. Oocystis elliptica W. WestW. West, 1892, P 736, pliO, £56; H. Printz, 1913, p 182, pi 4, f33;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 126,£ 103; K. Biswas, 1934, P 19, p13, f2

Usually in 4-8 celled colonies with the envelope narrow, rarely solitary. <;:Jells

elongate-ellipsoid, about 2 (-21) times as long as broad and with broadly :-:'..Ulded'ends which are not thickened. Chromatophores numerous (about 10-20) and inthe form of parietal disc~ without pyrenoids. Cells 11-15'6 ft broad, 20-25 fL long

~~l~. , · '

HABITAT.In paddy fields, Heneratgodha, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West, 1902);-embedded in the mucus mass of Gloeocapsamontana'on dripping rocks at Therria,'Assam, at an altitude of 200 meters during March (Biswas, i.e.); pond, Bombay

(Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946); pond, Azhicode (Kerala) stray-October (!).DISTRIBUTION.Widespread.

Speciesof Oocystis not recordedfrom the Indianregiono. arvernensis R. et F. Chodat, 1925,P 497, r 7O. almophylica Krieger, 1943O. auslraliensis P1ayfair, 1916, p 135, p18, f 12-13 '- ' .O. chodaliWoloszynska, 1912, p 669, p124, £ 6 a-h, non O. chodati Playfair, 1916, p 134O. coronata Lemmermann ex Marsson, 1911, p 263O. eremosphaeria G. M. Smith, 1918, p 630, pi 14, £8-9O. exigua Van Goor, 1924O. gloeocysliformis Borge, 1906, p 23, pi 1, f I a-bO. granulata Hortobagyi, 1962, p 33, pi 45, f 550-51O. lism~rensis Playfair, 1923, p 219O. manna Moewus 1951

O. m~ma Beck-M~nnegetta, 1926, p 180, f 5O. minIma Lagerheim 1884 p 107O. mucosa Lemmerma~n, 1908, p 174, pi 5, £ 23-24

.0. natans (Lemm.) Wille, 1909, P 58O. nodulosa W. et G. S. West, 1894, p 15, f31O. novaN!mli~ Wille, 1879, p 26, pI 12, f 3 .'O.panduriformuW. etG. S. West, 1894, P 15, f33-35O.parva.W. et G. S. West, 1898, P 335O.JlflagU'4I.~ermann, 1901, P 95, pi 4, f7 '

.SeeAddend~. --

GLAUCOCYSTIS 187

"

O. pseudocoronala Korsh.-see Korsh., 1953, p 271, f 224O.pyriformisPrescott, 1944,p357,pll, £12-13O. reliculala Beck-Mannegetta, 1926, P 180, f4O. rhomboidea Fott, 1933 a; T. Hortobagyi, 1957, p 14, f 275-76O. rifeum Guerrer., 1929 p 253O. rupestris Kirchner, 1880, p 169, p12, f2O. socialis Ostenfeld, 190 I, p 138, f 10O. slriata Guerrer., 1947O. sfi;iuxagona Playfair, 1916, p 130, pi 7, f 32-33O. s~lIiarina Lagerheim, 1886, p 45, f IO. subsPhaerica Playfair, 1916, p 132, pi 8, f 7O. verrucosus Roll, 1927

:-w,,...-

Kufferath's COllradia (see, Kufferath, 1914-15) with one species, C. incrustalls, has been regarded byPrintz (1927, p 125) as totally an Oocystis. Oocystis aPiculata W. West (1893, p 99), O. as)mmetrica W. etG. S. West (1894, p 14) and O. marssollii Lemm. (1899, p 119) have been considered by Printz (1913) asthe respective varieties of O. solitario, O. solitaria and O. (rassa. However, Nygaard (1949, p 40)considered O. marssonii Lemm. suffi.£iently distinct to treat it as a separate species.

A number of other species, varieties a-nd forms are considered by Printz (1913) as doubtful or in-,sufficiently described. These include O. brunnea Turner (1892, p 156), O. mammillata Turner (1892,p 155), O. sphaerica Turner (1892, p 155), O. rotunda Schmidle (1895 a, p 8), O. geminata Naegeli (inRabenhorst, 1868, p 53), O.lacustris £. nivalis Fritsch (1912, p 313), O. novae-semliaevar tuberculata Schmidle(1895 a, p 7) and O. a.rymmetrica var. symmetrica Schmidle (1899 a, p 170).

Turner's G,lindrocystisovalis (Turner, 1892, p 16, pi I, f5) has been considered by W. and G.'S, Westl.J. Bot. No. 387, 1895, p 66-as cited by Playfair, 1916, p 136) as an Oocystis under the name O. ovalis(Turner) W. et G. S. West. This alga has a .. perfectly elliptical form with thick smooth membrane" andis 17-20 ,..broad and 40-50 ,.. long and has been recorded from Central India and the Himalayas (seeTurner, I.e.). Playfair stated that the reference of this alga to Oocystis by W. and G. S. West isconfirmed by his finding autospores in the Australian alga. Since the alga under consideration isimperfectly known, it is not included in the present account.

It is not certain how many ofPlayf<lir's species listed above can be considered good or valid species.His Oocystis rotula (Playfair, 1916, p 130) has been subsequently considered by tbe same author (1918,

"pp 518, 532) as a .. Gloeocystis" stage of Chlamydomonas. His.O. chodati (=0. solitaria p.p. Cbodat), even ifacceptable~ is invalid siqce the same name ha& been used by Woloszynska (1912) for a different species ofOocystis.

XXXI. Genus GLAUCOCYSTIS Itzigsohn, 1854No. 1935 in Rabenhorst, 1866 emend. Geitler, 1923

Characters same as in Oocystisj with the difference that chromatophores are~Jacking. The vermiform blue green st~lIately arranged chloroplast-like bodies insigereally belong. to a rod-shaped member of the Chroococcales (Myxophyceae) and therelationship between the colourless 009stis-like alga and the' blue green has been-considered as one of symbiosis. .

Reproduction by autospores...

, Originally (see Brunntlialer, 1915) the radiating bodies inside the cells wereconsidered as Chromatophores, but now they are definitely known to belong to a rod-shaped member of the Chroococcales. Opinion is, however, still divided regarding the

. ~stematic position of the alga. Some authors (Fritsch, 1935; Korshikov, 1953;.Fott, 1959,) regarded it as a colourless member of the Oocystaceae living in symbiotic,Felationship with the blue green alga, whereas others (Smith, 1950; Prescott, 1951),considered the blue green component more important and included it under the'~MYXophyceae. Skuja (1949) placed it under a separate class, the Glaucophyta,',lietween the Rhodophyta and Chlorophyta.

Because of reproduction by autospores, the alga is considered here as a colour-:Jessmember of the Oocystaceae living symbiotically with a blue green alga.

Two species are recorded from the Indian region.

r 188

I

, I.II.

Cl1LOROCOCCALES

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Cells ellipsoidal and without any equatorial thickening, and with lessthan 20 radiating blue greenbodies G. nostoehinearum

Cells spherical to.ell.ipsoidal with a small thickening on the cell wall at theequatora!1d with numerous(20 or more) radlatmg blue green bodies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G. emgulata

101. Glaucocystis nostochinearum Itzigsohn

in L. Rabenhorst, 1868, p 417;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 133,f 122; F. E. Fritsch and F. Rich,1937-38, P 158; G. W. Prescott, 1951, P 474, pi 108, f2

Colonies of 2-8 (usually 4) cells enclosed within the old mother cell wall. Cells

oblong-ellipsoid and with a number (less than 20) of radiating chromatophore-likebodies inside, which are vermiform and blue green and belong to a member of theChroococcales. Cells 10-18 fl broad, 15-30 fl long. Colonies 2&-51 fl broad,39-63 fllong (Fig. 101).

102b

\0\ 10Za

-..

.

..

. . . . -

'-

102 C

FIGs. 101-102. 101, Glaueocystis nostochinearum ITZIGS.;102 a-c, G. cingula/a BOHLIN.

(101,x 1000, 102, AFTERSKUJA, 1949)

HABITAT. Planktonic in a pond at Azhicode (Kerala), rare-February

. Madhya Pradesh (B. Prasad, 1961, Bull. Bot. Soc. Univ. Saugar, 13 : 44-45).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, 'N. America, S. and W. Africa, and India.

102. GlaucQ.cystis clngutata Boh~in

K. Bohlin, 1897 a, p 13, pll, f 9-13; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 133, f 123; H.Skuja, 1949, P 58,pI 9, f 12-14 -

Cells ovoid to nearly spherical, solitary or in colonies of 2-4. Cell membrane

colourless and thick with the poles slightly thickened af!.d with a small equatorial

groove which appears as a ridge on the inner side of the cell. Each cell with numerous(20 or more) chromatophore-like radiating bodies which -are deeper blue than inG. nostochinearumand resembling a Chroococcusor Asterocystisand with a central brownishcarotinoid grain. Cells 12-20 I-' broad, 18-68 I-' long. Cell membrane up to 2 Pthick. Colonies 30--160 fl in diameter (Fig. 102). .

HABITAT. Pond, Mandalay (Skuja, I.e.).DISTRIBUTION.Paraguay and Burma.

~

(!) ;

NEPHROCYTIUM 189

Other speciesoj Glaucocystis known

G.duPlexPrescott, 1944, p 371, p14, f 17-19G. ooeystiformis Prescott, 1944, p 372, pi 4, f 20Both are known from N. America

XXXII. Genus NEPHROCYTIUM Naegeli, 1849,p 79

Free-floating colonies with 2-4-8-16 cells enclosed within the partially gelati-nized mother cell wall. Cells ovoid, oblong, fusiform to kidney-shaped or semisphericaland arranged spirally or irregularly within the colonial envelope. Chloroplast single,parietal and with a single pyrenoid in young cells.

Reproduction by 2-4-8-16 autospores from each cell.Four species are recorded from the Indian region.

. KEY TO THE SPECIES

I. Cells more or less crescent-shapedEnds of cells pointed.. .. . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . .. .. . . .. . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. .N. lunatum ( p 189 )

I~ Cells kidney-shapeda. Adult cells 8-22 po broad, double as long .N. opnrdhianum( p 189 )

b. Cells 20-25 pobroad, 28-57 polong.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..N. hydrophilum( p 191 )

Cells semispherical - _Colony 2-celled with thick smobth membrane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N. obesum! p 191 )

Nephrocyuum lunatum W. West

W. West, 1892, p 736, pliO, f49;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 140-41, fl44; H. Skuja, 1948, p 133,pi 15, f 16-18; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 249, pi 54, f 19

. Cells more or less half moon to sickle-shaped with one.side convex and the otherrconcave and ends pointed. - Cells spirally arranged' within an ellipsoid to oplong hyaline(gelatinous envelope to' form 4-8 celled colonies. Chloroplast single, parietal, andt)Yith a pyrenoid. Cells 4-7' 9 fl broad, 14-21 fl long. Colonies 25-37 fl broad,138-75fllong (Fig. 103);

HABITAT. Fishery bundh, Charidrakona Road, Midnapore (West- Bengal),"Common-December (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. and S. America, Africa, Siberia, India, Japan, and.~ustralia.

Nephrocytium agardhianum Naegeli

C. Naegeli, 1849, p 79, pl3"fC a-p; incl. var. ,..i,IUSNaegeli, 1849;J. Brunnihaler, 1915, p 142f 147; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 114, p123, 1'6-7 - ,=NephrocytiumnaegeliiGrunow i.. L. Rabenhorst, 1868, p 52; W. and G. S. West, 1902-p 199=Selenoeoecusfareinalis Sehmidle et Zacharias ex O. Zacharias, 1903. ,

Cells more or less reniform with rounded ends and usually in colonies of 4, 8,e.rarely 1, 2, or 16 cells, within a gelatinous envelope. Cells arranged somewhat~y in young and irregularly in old colonies. Chloroplast single, parietal, and

CHLOROCOCCALt:.S

190

with one pyrenoid. Young cells 2-7 ft broad and 3-6 times as long. Adult cells8-22 It broad and double as long. Colonies 40-95 ft in diameter (Fig. 104).

HABITAT. . Among Utrieuiariaflexuosain northern and eastern India (Turner,1892); paddy fields, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West, 1902, i.e.); Kyauktaga and Mansang,Burma (W. and G. S. West, 1907, P 231); in ditch at edge of a rice field, Sadiya,Assam (Carter, 1926); trench with running water, suburbs of Rangoon (Skuja, 1949);

ponds, Sambalpur (Orissa), rare-December, Kurnool (Andhra Pradesh), stray-December; Azhicode (Kerala), stray-February and October, Ochira (Kerala),stray-February; and reservoir, Hyderabad (Andhra Pradesh), common-January (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread.

.................

/ ~...:,.,.:.kY,:............... "r';...,..... .'.r. ,: .. .. .:

~:

: .J; :

r:'~;PiJ~;?" ~" J. ,..;"'.

\. ".' ..-;/J;V ,/. .101 b.

a

\ .

106

FIGS. 103-106. 103, Nephrocytium IUlla/um W. WEST; 104, N.

agardhiaullm NAEG.; 105, N. hydrophilum (TURNER)WILLE; 106, N. obesUlnW. ET G. S. WEST.

(105, FROM TURNER, 1892 (AS Hydrocystis hydrophila TURNER);106, FROMSltUJA, 1949. (103, x 1500; 104 a, x875; 104 b, x725).

NEPHROCYTlUM 191

105. Nephrocytium hydrophilum (Turner) Wille

N. Wille, 1909, p 59;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 142, f 1.16=Hydrocystis h).drophila Turner, 1892, p 157, p120, f27

.'J.~

Cells kidney-shaped or elongated with rounded ends which are often brown,usually in colonies of four or more cells enclosed by a colourless gelatinous envelope. _Cells 20-:25 ft broad, 28-57 ft long (Fig. 105).,

HABITAT. Baboosole, N. E. India, October 1855 (Turner, i.e.).DISTRIBUTION.N. E. India.

Printz (1927) believed that this species could probably be identical withSchmidieia eiegans Woloszynska (1914).

\j,

106. Nephrocytium obesum W. et G. S. West~" W. and G. S. West, 1894, p 13, p12, f 39-40; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 142, f 148; H. Skuja,

1949, p 63, plIO, f22; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 249, pi 54, f20

Cells semlspherical with rounded end's. Inner side oC cell' straight or veryslightly concave. In colonies of tWo cells with the colonial envelope thick and hyaline.Cells 13-28 '(-38) '" broad, 25-49 ft long. Colonies 48-71 (-104) ft broad, 60-90(-126) ft long. Envelope 10 '" thick (Fig. 106).

HABITAT. Pond, Mandalay-among other algae (Skuja, i.e.). _

DISTRmUTIoN.Europe, N. and S. America, N. Rhodesia, Siberia, Burma,'and; Japan. "

'.,

"

SPecies of Nephrocytium 1Iot recorded from the I1Idia1lregion

N. allantoidtum Bohlin, 1897 a, p 18, pll, f 21=-22N. ecdysiscepanum W et G. S. West, 1896 a, p 161N. limneticum (G. M. Smith) G. M. Smith, 1933, p 503

=Gloeocystopsis limneticus G. M. Smith, 1916 b, p 475, pi 24, f 12=NePhrocytium limneticum (G. M. Smith) Skuja, 1948, pp 132-33

N. persevtTans Printz, 1914, p 62, pi s., f 125-27N. spirale Beck-Mannegetta, 1\126, p 181, f 17N. varium Hortobagyi, 1962, p 32 pi 44, f 546Korshikov (1953, P 279) did not recognise N. hydrophilum and N. alian/oideuTII

'Other genera which may be i/lcluded wilhi1l lhe Oocystoideae hut /lot reeorckd from the

Indian region

Chloropteris Paschcr, 1932, p 409, monospccific :C. tetragona Pascher, 1932, p 411, f I a-k

Cryodactylon Chodat, 1922, p 80, monospccific :C. glacile Chodat, 1922, p 80

Ecdysichlamys G. S. West, 19]2, p 76, monospecific :E. obliqua G. S. West, 1912, p 77, pi I, f 18-29

Glaucocys/opsis Bourrelly, 1960, p 416, monospecific :G. africana Bourrelly, 1960, pp 416-18, f I

Makinoella Okada, 1949, p 166, monospecific:M. tosaensis Okada, 1949, pp 166-68, f A-B

Oocystidium Korshikov, 1953, p 275, monospecific :O. ovale Korshikov, 1953, p 276, f236

Scotitlla Fritsch, 1912, p 326, with about twelve species:S. antarctica Fritsch, 1912, p 327

192L:HLOROCOCCALES

S. cryoPhilaChodat, 19:.12S.fri/schii Griffiths-see West and Fritsch, 1927, p 124, £41 E-FS. levicostata Hollerbach, 1936, P :.143S. muscicola Beck-Mannegetta, 1926, p 180, [4S. nivalis (Shuttlew.) Fritsch, 1912, P 326S. oboviformisJao, 1947, P 249, £2 [-hS. oocystiformis Lund, 1957, P 41, [ IS. palustris Korshikov, 1953, P 244, [190S. polyp/era Fritsch, 1912, P 327S. sinica J ao, 1947, p 249, £ 2 a-c*S. tuberculata BourreUy, 1951, pp 673-74, [6-8

Zoocystis Sokol., 1933, P 47, monospecific:Z. vorticellae Sokol., 1933, P 47

An additional genu'. Ray"i,lIa, wi.h one species. vi.. R. h,mop"at,;caha, been recently described by Edelsteinand Prescott t<Phycolog;a4 (2) , 121-25, 1964). This alga is allied to p,ph,o",I;""'.-'- - --

* SeeAddendum .. ..t Another genus describedis PodohedraDuringer (Osterr.bot. zeitschr,105 (1/3), 1958;Osterr.-

bol., 2: 112, 1965), with [our species including P. longiPes Duringer, 1958 (not seen in original).,-

I

I

I

I

:.£..

I

9. Family RADIOCOCCACEAE Fott, 1959, P 251

Members of this family have spherical to ellipsoidal cells which are embedded inmucilage to form colonies. Chromatophore cup-shaped to parietal and with or withouta pyrenofd. Reproduction is always by autospores, there being no formation ofzoospores or gametes.

Only one genus is recorded from the Indian region.

XXXIII. Genus DISPORA Printz, 1914, p 32

Cells more or less round or flattened and angular. Chromatophore more orless cup-shaped and without a pyrenoid. Four or more cells joined together in a

>, flat or slightly curved free-floating colony which is embedded ~n a gelatinous matrix.Growth of colony by the division of the cells in two planes, the resulting four

cells having'straight sides where they adjoin. Reproduction by fragmentation of thecolonies.

Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

Dispora cuneiformis (Schmidle) Printz

H. Printz, 1914, p 33, p12, £ 17=Staurogenia cuneiformis Schmidle, 1902, p 81, pI 3, f 16=Crucigenia cuneiformis (Schmidle) Brunnthaler, 1915, p 173; W. Conrad, 1949, p 86

Colonies 4-celled, quadrate and enclosed within a gelatinous envelope; rarely,."inmultiple colonies. Cells more or less triangular or keel shaped with the oU,ter edge.pointed or slightly rounded. Cells 4 It broad, 6-8 It long-(Fig.107).

HABITAT.' Tanks Barrackpore and Serampore (W. Bengal)) stray-February".and.April( !)

DISTRIBUTION.Mrica and India.

The Indian alga with its cells only 2 .6-3 It broad and 3' 3-5' 3 It long is slightly'smaller than the type. .

Three other species o£ Dispora known are :D. crucigenioides Printz, 1914, p 32, pi I, £ 13-15, pi 2, £ 16D. speciosa Korshikov, 1953, p 324, £ 308D. vilhemii Fott, 1933

Genera oj Radiococceaceae not recordedfrom the Indian region

Coenochloris'Korshikov, 1953, p 322, with two species:C. ovalis Korshikov, 1953, p 324, £ 297C. pyrenoidosa Korsh., 1953, p 323, £ 296

193

194 CHLOROCOCCALES

CoenoeoceuJ Korshikov, 1953, p 321, with two species:C. pelagicuJ (Teil.) Lund, 1961

=RadioeoceuJ pelagiea Teiling, 1946, f 1C. planetonieuJ Korsh., 1953, p 322, f295

=RadioeoceuJ planetonieuJ Lund, 1956 a, p 594CoenoeYJtis Korshikov, 1953, p 328, with four species:

C. obtuJa Korsh., 1953, p 330, f 305C. Planetoniea Korsh., 1953, p 328, f 302C. reniformiJ Korsh., 1953, p 330, f 304C. Jubeylindriea Korsh., 1953, p 330, f303

GloeobotryJ Pascher, 1930, with five species:G. ehlorintlJ Pascher, 1930G. eoenoeoceoideJFolt, 1961, p 203, f a-dG. ellipJoideuJ Pascher, 1930G. limnetieuJ (G. M. Smith) Pascher, 1930

=AJterococeuJ limnetieuJ G. M. Smith, 1918, p 621, plIO, f 3-6G. JubJaluJ Pascher, 1930

RadioeoceuJ Schmidle, 1902 a, p 41, with three species:R. nimbtJtuJ (de Wildem.) Schmidle, 1902 a, p 41

=PleuroeoceUJ nimbatuJ de Wildeman, 1893= WeJtella nimbata de Wildeman, 1897, p 532

R. JubcylindrieUJ Korsh., 1953, p 325,f 299R. wildemani (Schmidle) Schmidle, 1902 b, p 159

= TetraeoceuJ wildemani Schmidle, 1894, p 45ThorakoehloriJ Pascher, 1932, p 415, with three species, including-:

T. Planetoniea Folt, 1933, P 577T. tetraJ Pascher, 1932, p 418, f 4-5

The genus PlacoJphaera Dangeard (1889) with two species (P. opaca Dangeard, 1889 and P. velebiticaPevalek, 1924) has bee~ shown by Thompson (1956) to be only a stage in the life history of SchiZl!.ehlamysA. Braun (in Kuet.zing; 1849), a genuji belonging to the Tetrasporales. It has, therefore, to be excludedfrom the Chlorococcales. Biswas (1936) recorded Plaeosphaera opaea from N. E. India.

Bourrelly (Arch.';'Iilrobiol.42: p t57, 1962) has. described a third species of Coenochloris,vi.. C. prings~imii.

.

.-; 10. Family BOTRYOCOCCACEAE Wille, 1909, p 32

Members of this family are colonial and free-floating. Colonies irregularlyspherical to indefinite, often united' together by tough mucilaginous bands to form'

net-like compound colonies. Colonies provided with an elastic gelatinous investment,.the cells being arranged radially and close together in the periphery of the envelope.Cells ovoid to ellipsoid or obovoid or spherical and with a parietal laminate or reticulatechloroplast having a distinct or indistinct pyrenoid. Assimilatory product starchand oil.

Reproduction by fragmentation or by autospores.

Two genera, Botryococcusand BotryosPhaera(the latter nof known from the Indianregion), "belong to the family. Some authors (pascher, 1925; Fritsch, 1935;G. M. Smith, 1950; Prescott, 1951) have included BotryosPhaeraunder Botryococcus.Fott (1959, p 251) followed Chodat (1915, p 193) in keeping it as a distinct genusbecause the "colonies of BotryosPhaerahave only a very thin gelatinous envelope, thecolonies are smaller and the cells are always spherical in this g-enus.

XXXIV. Genus BOTRYOCOC~.uS Kuetzing, 1849, p 892=ThallodeJmium Turner, 1892, p 159

=Ineffigiafa W. et G. S. West, 1897 a, p 503 emend. 1903, p 80

Free-floating colonies of irregularly spherical or indefi'1ite shape '(\rith the celIs:..arranged.densely and more or less radially within a gelatinous tough membrane which

'iis sometimes wrinkled or folded. Colonies usually with <:ellsin several net-like aggre-gates that are connected by broad or delicate strands of tough mucilage. Cells ovoid,

:'ellipsoid or cuneate and sometimes embedded in a cup-like sheath of fatty material.f;tlliromatophore single, parietal, laminate, disciform or reticulate and with a central;pyrenoid which may be distinct or indistinct~

Reproduction by fragmentation or by autospores.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Membrane. completely enclosing cells .B. braunii ( p 195 )

Membrane covering base of cells only B. protuberallJ( p 197 )

.~~08. . Botryococcus braunii Kuetzing

F. T. Kuetzing, 1849, p 892; W. B. Turner, 1892, p 157; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 84, pi 15, £5;A. Pascher, 1925, p 91, £ 71-75; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 232, pI 52, £ I, 2, II= ThallodeJmium wallichianum Turner, 1892, p 159, pI 20, £ 31=Ineffigiata lIegleefa W. et G. S. West, 1897 a, p 503; 1907, p 231

195

196CHLOROCOCCALES

~\~

107 b

\07 a

fj~~<If>

i @ ~~@ ~

~. .

:. 0 .,. .,',~

..'-

108d

109

I

I

I

-,r.

FIGs. 107-109. 107, Dispora cuneiformis (SCHMIDLE)PRINTZ; 108, Botryococcusbraunii KUETZ., 'a and f, COLONIES,(r, ONLY IN OUTLINE); 108 b, COLONY FROMWHICH MANYCBLLSHAVE BEEN PRBSSBDOUT; 108 c, and E, PORTIONSOFCOLONYINSBCTION,108 D; A SINGLECELLENLARGED;IQ9, B.protub§rans W. ET G. S. WEST.

(107 a, FROMSCHMIDLE(AS Siaurogenia cuneiformis SCHMIDLE); 107 b, x 1500;108 a and c-d, FROM KORSHIKov, 1953; 108 b, e, f, FROMHARRIS (SEE WBST &FRITSCH, 1927); 109,X 1500).

BOTRYOCOCCUS 197

Colonies free-floating and of irregular shape, without a conspicuous gelatinousenvelope but completely enclosed by a tough, hyaline, orange-coloured or darkmembrane that is produced into irregular wrinkles, folds or spines. Colonies oftenunited in compound net-like aggregates by means of long delicate mucilaginous projec-tions from the colonial envelope. Cells ovoid to ellipsoid and arra~ged radially atthe periphery of the colony, the individual cells being invested .by an inner layer offatty substance and an outer. layer of pectin. Chromatophore yellowish green to grassgreen, single, parietal, cup-shaped, laminate or reticulate and with a pyrenoid.Assimilatory products starch and a reddish oil that may colour the whole colony abrick red. Cells 3-6 p broad, 6-12 p long. Simple colonies up to 100 p andcompound colonies up to l' 5 mm in diameter (Fig. 108).

HABITAT. Malabar, ex Utricularia stellaris (Turner, 1892); Bengal (Turner,1892); Upper Burma (W. et G. S. West, 1907); Lower Burma (Skuja, 1949); LakeInle Rangoon, rather common-May (author-leg. J. A. Tubb); in confined watersfrom, several parts of India, esp. Bengal, Orissa and Madras, particularly during thewinter season, rarely during summer, often forming reddish or yellowish green blooms(!; also see Philipose, 1959).

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread.

109. Botryococcus protuberans W. et G. S. West

oW.and G. S. ':Vest,1905,p 507,piG, f8-9; A. Pascher,1925,p 92, f77

Colony irregular with ~16 or more cells held together by ~ tough gelatii~ous,.membrane. Frequently jQinea together in compound colonies by long tough hyalineV strands of mucilage~ Cells ovoid, obovoid, or ovoid-cuneate with their inner narrower

ends embedded in the envelope, the outer ends being not so enclosed and projecting,out of the colony. Cel~ 9 '5-11'5 P broad, 16'5-20 p long. Colonies 100-120 p indiameter (Fig. 109).

HABITAT. Kyauktan, Royal Lakes, Rangoon, Cantonment Gardens, Rangoon.and in running soiled trench water (Skuja, 1949); Lake Inle, Rangoon, ve~ common- ,

'~May and Minhla'Tank, RaD;goon, rare-May (Author-leg. J. A. .:tubb); Kendrol: 'Bundh, Midnapore (W. Bengal), abundant-December; Tanks, Kausalya Ganga,!Puri (Orissa), common~November-December (!).' .

D~TRmuTIoN. (incl. var. 'minor G. M. Smith, 1918) Hebrides, N. America,,Burma; and India.

Speciesof Botryococcus not recordedfrom the IndiaTi regloTi'"

B. calcareusW. West, 1892, p 19B. micromoTUsW, et G. S. West, 1897, P 238B. pusillus Van Goor, 1924, p 309

_, B. giganteusReinsch (1877, p 239) and probably B.natans Schmidle are considered by Pascher",(1925)as forms of B. braunii. He also considered B. terricola Klebs (1889, p 233) as one of the:retraspor., The only other genus belonging to the family Botryococcaceae and which has not been recorded'from the Indian region is :

BotryosphaeraChodat, 1915, p 193, emend. Korsh, 1953, p 341, with two species:B. planctonicaR. et F. Chodat, 1925, p 459, f 14 (the mention of B. Planctonicaby the authors

as /1011.var. is obviously an error).

198 CHLOROCOCCALES

B. ~udelica (Lemm.) Chodat, 1915, p 193; 1921, p 93=Bolryococcus sudeticus Lemm., 1896, p. III, f6-7

The systematic position of the genus Botryococcus(including BotryosPhaera)hasbeen considered uncertain for quite a long time. Earlier authors (Wille, 1897; 1909;G. S. West, 1904; 1916; Oltmanns, 1904, 1921) included it under the Chlorophyceae.Pascher (1925) tentatively placed it in the Heterokontae (Xanthophyceae). Westand Fritsch (1927) stated that if the reported presence of starch and a " pyrenoid " iscorrect, Botryococcuswill have to be transferred from the Heterokontae. However(Fritsch, 1935; 1951) Smith (1933; 1950), Tiffany and Britton (1952) and most otherauthors continued to put it under the Xanthophyceae.

Blackburn (1936), after a critical reinvestigation of Botryococcusbraunii,concludedthat the alga has normal green chloroplasts and contains, at times, considerablequantities of starch and it should be removed to the Chlorophyceae. Since thecolonies are produced by the persistent membranes and secretions of the mother cellsof successive generations, she suggested for the family Botryococcaceae a place among-the colonial Chlorococcales near the Dictyosphaeriaceae. Prescott (1951) andKorshikov (1953) accepted this yiew and included the family under their Chlorococcalesand Protococcales ~espectively.

Belcher and Fogg (1955), after studying the affinities of Bot~yococcusfrom thebiochemical point of view, not only confirmed the occurrence of starchJn B. braunii,but also reported 'the presence of chlorophyll-b, a pigment not occurring in theXanthophyceae. According to' them, the accumulation of fat, which is generallyconsidered as one_of the characteristics of the Xanthophyceae, is n~t a reliable indica-tion. - Further, the' ether soluble material of B. braunii consists largely of an' un-saponifiable liquid rather than true fat. The presence of cWorophyll-b together W!thstarch in B. braunii clearly indicates, according to these authors, its affinities to the'Chlorophyceae.

Fott (1959) placed the family Botryococcaceae betweencoccaceae and Dictyosphaeriaceae under the Chlorococcales.ment is followed in the present account.

the families Radio-

The same arrange.-

..

11. Family DICTYOSPHAERIACEAE (De Toni) C.S.West,-1916, pp 160, 190 -

Members of this family are colonial with the cells held together by the thread-,like remains of the old mother cell wa'lIs of Successive generations, and with or withouta colonial envelope. Cells spherical, ellipsoid, oblong or curved. .

Reproduction usually by auto-colonies, rarely by ZOOsporesor oogamous gametes.Three gen~ra are known from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE GENERA

-I. All cells of a colony of one shape

i. Cells usually arranged irregularly; colonies spherical to ovoid; cells with distinct dichotomousconnecting threads. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 0. 0. . . . . . . . 00. . . . .. . 0. : . . . 0. .DiClyosphaerium ( p 199 )

ii. Cells arranged in groups off our ; colonies irregular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weslella ( p 203 )

II. Cells in a Colonyof two different shapes, arranged in groups of four in irregular colonies 0.. 0',Dimorphococcus( p 204 )

£XV.Genus DICTYOSPHAERItJMNaegeli, 1849, p 72

- Coloniesfree-floatingwith the celIsenclosedwithin a hyaline homogeneousgelati-nous envelope. Cells spherIcal, ovoid or kidney-shaped and connected to each other

' by cruciately or dichotomously branching threads. CWoroplasts one to two, parietal,cup-shaped and with a single pyrenoid.

Reproduction by the division of the cell into two or four a!ltospores, the daughtercells remaining connected to the colony by the old-mother cell wall which divides to

form branching th]'eads. Daughter colonies are'formed by the fragmentation of largercolonies. Zoospore formation is known. in one species and oogamous sexual repro-ductionin anotherspecies. .

Four speciesare r~coraedfrom the Indian region.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Mature cells spherical to ovoid 0 0 0 .Do puttllellum ( p 199 )Mature cells ovoid to ellipsoid

a. Cells 4-7 p. broad, 6-10 p.long 0 .D. ehrenbergianum( p 201 )b. Cells 8'4-10 p. broad, 11,7-15 p. long .D. indicum( p 201 )Mature cells kidney-shaped...; 0 0 0 .D. reniforme ( p 202 )

Dictyosphaerium pulchellum Wood

H. C. Wood, 1872,P84,pllO,f4;JoBrunnthaler, 1915,pp 184-85,f 277; GoM. Smith, 1920p 105, pi 20, f 13, p121, f I

=Diclyosphaeriumg/obosumPo Richter, 1884, p 65

199

200 CHLOROCOCCALES

Colonies nearly spherical and of 4-64 or more cells. Cells spherical to ovoid

with a single parietal cup-shaped chloroplast having a single pyrenoid. Cells 3-10 ~in diameter. Colonies up to about 64 p in diameter (Fig. 110).

.........................................

~~-" .. - " ".............. ..'

f)".

/' t"\\ "\

\. ~~...'. .. .. .110b

_.. 110 a

~.............{(~~~:~;,'" .......

.............................................

.......... ,'......

\. ~ -~!. . ..\ .::'x-:..;: .:./..:::;:': ;.. l. ">..,'" ;r .

\'" \.::' ~Ji:{ ':;;~:":~.~':;~:~2~:"'/: ......... .. .. '-.

,., , 1..;1 a . " = ~.;.1b

FIGS' 110-111. 119>- Dictyosphaerium pulchellum WOOD; II 1, D. ehren-bergianumNAEGELI. (1I0,xI000;III,XI500). .

HABITAT. RiverCooum, Madras-(Iyengar and Venkataraman, J951); pondsand tanks, Dibrugarh and Sibasagar (Assam),' common to 'abundant, May-June;.Barrackpore (W. Bengal), rare-December; Bhopal (M.P.), stray-July; Cuttack,rather common-July, common to abundant-August, Sambalpur (Orissa)" common-December, Linghipur, Puri, (Orissa), common-April; Kurnool (A.P.), rare-December; Trichur (Kerala), common-December,. and Ochira (Kerala), stray-February; River Sone, Dehri (Bihar), rare-May; River Mahanadi, Cuttack, rare-March; fishery' bundh, Chandrakona Road, rare-December; swamp, KausalyaGanga (Puri), rare-April; Moat, Vellore (Madras), rare-December; reservoirs,Hyderabad, Mysore, Mercara and Trivandrum, rare-February; canal, Chalakudi(Kerala). common-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread.

DICTYOSPHAERIUM201

var. nUnutuin Deflandre

G. Deflandre, 1926, p 708, £ II-IS; A. K. Mitra, 19H, p ?, £19

~

Colony spherical, 30-50 p in diameter and composed of 4-32 (usually 16)cells; without any evident gelatinous envelope. CeIls globular, 4-5 p in diameterand with a cup-shaped chloroplast having a single median pyrenoid.

HABITAT. In cultures of soil from rice fields near AIIahabad (Mitra, l.c.).DISTRIBUTION.Europe and India (D.P.).

According to Mitra, no gelatinous envelope could be detected even after suitablestaining. The absence of an envelope is also suggested by the fact that colonies

readily break up into fragments when handled. Deflandre (l.c.)also does not figureany envelope.

1I I. Dictyosphaerlum ehren.bergianum Naegeli

C. Naegeli, 1849, p 73, pl.2, £ E a-d; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 183-84, £ 276; G. M. Smith,1920, p 105, pi 20, £ 11-12

.Colonies spherical to ovoid and. consisting of 4-8-16, rarely more, ceIls. CeIls

ovoid to ellipsoid or nearly spherical. Chloroplast one to two in each cell, parietaland with a pyrenoid: CeIls 4-7 p broad, 6-10 p long. Colonies up to 80 p indiameter (Fig. II 1).- ,.

it:- - £LwiTAT. Ro~k pools, tanks and lakes, Ceylon, September-October (Crow,1923); fIshery bundhs, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore (W. Bengal), rather common

to very common-December; Rallia reservoir, Coonoor (Madras), abundant-May;Sim's Park Pond, Coonoor, rare--June; ponds and tanks, Barrackpore, rare-December;]eypore (Orissa), rare-February; O~tacamund (Madras), rare-June; Nandi Hills(Mysore), rather common-February; and Chikkanakarai (Coorg, Mysore), ,rathercommon-February (!).

DISTRIDUTION.Widespread, including Europe, N. and S. America, Africa, India,Ceylon,:Malaya, Singapore, Java, and Japan. _

The figure given by Brunnthaler (op.c.)is not quite typical.

~

.

!.

I

~II~

Dic:tyosphaerium iudiculD Iyengar et Ramanathan

M.O.P. Iyengar and K. R. Ramanathan, 1940, p 199, Text-£ 1-14, pl8

Colonies spherical to broadly ovoid or slightly irregular and of 4-16-64 or more

'~elIs. Cells eIlipsoid, spindle-shaped, somewhat pIano-convex when young and,;broadly ellipsoid when mature. Chloroplast single in young cells, two in older ceIls;Parietal and plate-like and with a single pyrenoid. Young cells 5-8'4 P broad,1'7-15 p long. Mature ceIls 8'4-10 p broad, Il'7-15 p long (Fig. Il2).

! Vegetative multiplication by the formation of 2-4 autospores in each ceIl.

~exual reproduction by the fusion of a biciliate antherozoid with a non-motile egg.

~CHLOROCOCCALES

20~

a yeyCJ~o/'~

O-O-O~(?-~\5D0;\;jC;::/y"c)Q\S<::;>C;S~ 0

~113ac?~ //

/

"1iza

~

Q~_ ill

113Vb C

FIGs. 112-113. 112, Dictyosphaerium indicum IYENG. ET RAMA:::.TH.;lf2a, COLONy;1l2 b-c, CELLSENLARGED;113a, D. reniforme BULNHEIM; 113b-c,F.major TURNER. -

(112, FROM IYENGAR & RAMANATHAN,1940; 113 a, FROMWOLLE; 113b-c,FROMTURNER, 1892).

Antherozoids spindle- to pear-shaped, 3'3 J-l1;>road and 8:4-10 J-l long. Egg cellsround and 8'4-10 J-lin diameter. Zygotes round and smooth-walled, 10-11'7 J-lindiameter.

HABITAT. Planktonic in a muddy rainwater pool near Madras (Iyengar etRamanathan, i.e.).

DISTRIBUTION.India (Madras)."

Dictyosphaeri~renifonne Bulnheim

o. Bulnheim,1859,P 22, pi 2, f 6; G. B. De T~iii, 1889,P 660; J. Brunnthaler,1915,p 185,£ 278 -

Cells usually kidney-shaped, sometimes heart-shaped or somewhat irregular.Cells in the colonies often grouped in bundles. Colonies 40-70 J-lin diameter. Cells

~10 J-lbroad and 10-20 J-llong (Fig. 113 a).The alga is not known from the Indian region.

113.

? f. major Turner

W. B.Turner, 1892,p 156,p120,£28

Cells kidney-shaped and grouped in a bundle, the cells being held together

by slender brown filaments. Cells 9-17 J-lbroad and 25 J-llong (Fig. 113 b, c).

WESTELLA i 203

DISTRIBUTION.North East India.

Full details of this form originally described by Wallich in MSCR 332 B (seeTurner, i.e.) are not available. Turner believed that there is a possibility of its beinga Cosmocladium.

Species of Dictyosphaerium not recordedfrom the Indian region

,~. D. anomalum Korshikov, 1953, p 339, f313D. elegans Bachmann, 1913, pp 184-87, f 1D. minutum Petersen, 1932, p 39D. oviforme Lagerheim, 1893, p 161D. Plarutonicum Tiffany et Ahlstrom, 1931, p 458D. pusillum Steinecke, 1926, p 474D. regutare Swirenko, 1926, p 85D. simplex Korshikov, 1953, p 337, f31O, non Skuja, 1956, p 181D. skujae nom. novo _

=D. simPlex Skuja, 1956, p 181, pi 29, f 13-20D. termtre Fritsch etJohn, 1942, p 378D. tetrachotomum Printz, 1914, p 24, pi 1, f 1-6

Reproduction by zoospores is known in the terrestrial species D. termtre. Korshikov (1953, p 361)regarded D. regulare as probably synonymous to Westella botryoides.

. XXXVI. Genus WESTELLA de Wildeman, 1897, p 532 _

Colonies free-floating and ~sually without a gelatinous envelope, made up ofabout 30-100 cell; held together by the non-gelatinizing remains of the old-mother cellwalls. Cells more or less spherical and usu!l,lly' grouped in fours, rarely in eights..Chloroplast single, parietal and c~p-shaped, with or without a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by the formati,pn of 4-8 autospores from each cell which remainconnected to the mother colony till they are broken off.

Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

114. Westella botryoides (W. West) de Wildeman

De Wildeman, 1897, p 532; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 107, pi 21, f 4; G. S. West and F. E. Fritsch,1927, p 135, £45; M.-T. Philipose, 1940,p 161, p12, f30

= TetracoccusbotryoidesW.West, 1892, p 735, pliO, f43~48jJ. Brunnthaler, 1915,p 116, f 81

Colonies of irregular shap~ and of about 40-80 cells. Cells usually small,spherical and arranged.in groups of four or eight. Chloroplast single, cup-shaped

. 'and with or without a pyrenoid. Cells 3-9 J-l in diameter. Colonies 30-84 p indiameter (Fig. 114).

HABITAT. Tank, Ceylon-October (Crow, 1923); ditch at edge of rice field,'!.Sadiya, Assam-August (Carter, N., 1926); Museum Pond, Madras, rare to very

common, October-November (Philipose, l.c.); pond, Bombay (Gonzalves andJoshi,,1946); Museum Pond, Calcutta, common-June; ponds, Barrackpore, common-June, stray-November and December, Cuttack, rare to common-July, August

;'and September and Nuapara (Cuttack), stray-December (!)., DISTRJBUTION.Europe, N. America, Africa, India, Ceylon, Siberia, Japan, andAustralia.

Korshikov (1953, p 361, f 340) recorded a distinct mucilaginous envelope in ~.

.....

204 CHLOROCOCCALES

Westella and treated Swirenko's (1926, p 85) Dictyosphaeriumregulareas synonymous toWestella botryoides.

~\_"'o"' ~;'

~"

',., ~',. .'\ 1.-"" I. i'., /) W" '.:'.:,- .:;~.

b .:''J/~

.'

~114

FIG. .114. Westella botryoides ryv. WEST) DE WILDEMAN.la, FROM PHILIPOSE, 1940; b, x 1500).

Speciesoj Westella not recordedfrom the Indian region

W; linearis G. M. Smith, 1920, p 107, p121, f2-3W. natans (Kirchner) Printz, 1927, p !40'=Coelastrum natans Kirchner=Tetra£oCtus natans (Kirchn.) Lemmermann

XXXVII. Genus DIMORPHOCOCCUS A. Braun, 1855, p 44

Irregular free-floating colonies, usually without an outer gelatinous envelope,rarely with one, the cells being held together by the branching remains of the old.mother cell wall. Cells in groups of four, of wbi~ the outer two cells are kidney- toheart-sb,aped and the inner two cells are more or less ovoid, ellipsoid or cylindrical withrounded ends. Chloroplast single, parietal, more or less occupying the entire cell andwith one pyrenoid. _

Reproduction by the division of a cell irito four daughter cells, which remainattached to the colony by the thread-like remains of the old-mother cell wall tillthey are broken off. . .

Three species are recorded from India.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

I. Colonies irregular and without enveloping mucilagei. Cell. ovoid-ellipsoid to reniform and without basalstalks .D.lunatus (p 205)

ii. Cells heart-shaped to reniform and with short stalks. . . . . ... . . . . ... . . . . .D. c.ordatus(p 205)

II. Colonies somewhat regular and ellipsoid; with enveloping mucilage .Cells heart-shaped to cylindrical and with short stalks having a lappet at the pomt of attachrne£tto cell .D.fritschii (p 20

115. Dimorphococcuslunatus A. Braun

DIMORPHOCOCCUS 205

A. Braun, 1855, p 44;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 185-86, f280; G. M. Smith 1920, p 106, p121,f 5; P. Bruhl and K. Biswas, 1926, p 266, pI I , f9=Scenedesmus radiatus Reinsch, 1867, P 81, pi 6, f 6

Colonies irregular. Cells in groups of four and arnmged alternately in azigzag fashion. Outer cells of each group reniform or somewhat crescent-shaped,Inner cells elongate-ovoid to ellipsoid. Ends of cel~s rounded. Chloroplast a pari-etal plate nearly covering the entire cell wall in mature cells. Cells 4-15 fl broad,

,', 9-2.5 fllong. Colonies up to 100 fl in diameter. (Fig. 115).HABITAT. Planktonic, Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl and Biswas, i.e.); pond,

Bombay (Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946); Royal Lakes aI'ld pond, Cantonment Gardens,'Rangoon-December (Skuja, 1949); ponds and tanks, Dibrugarh and Joyasagar(Assam), stray-May and June; Cuttack, stray-February, Sambalpur and Pachikot(Orissa), stray-December;'!:fyderabad, stray-January; Bangalore, rather common-

"",

..

fi-t

~;j

117 o117b

Q\?Q117c 117d. 117 e

FIGs. 115-117. 115, DimorPhococcus lunatus A. BRAUN; 116, D. cordaiusWOLLE; 117, D.Jritschii CROW.

(115 a-b, x 1500; 116 a-b, FROM CHODAT; 117 b-e, FROM CROW,1923 a; 117a, AFTER CROW, 1923 a; a, COLONY, b-e, DIFFERENTKINDSOFCELLSENLARGED).

206 CIILOROCOCCALES

February; Chalakudi, Iringalakuda, Azhicode and Debira (Kerala), rare-February;fishery bundh, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore (West Bengal), rare-December (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread-including Europe, N. arid S. America, Africa, India,Burma, Siam, Java, Formosa, and Japan.

D. lunatus is characteristic of soft waters, acid bogs and mountain tarns (see Westand Fritsch, 1927, p 136; Prescott, 1951, p 252). The author also found the alga insoft waters.

116. -Dim.orphococcus cordatus Wolle

F. Wolle, 1887, p 199, pI 160, f30-38; F. S. Collins, 1909, pp 174-75, pI 6, f60;J. Brunnthaler,1915,pI86,f281 .

Colonies like a bunch of grapes. Cells heart- to kidney-shaped with the concavesides directed outwards, and with a short basal gelatinous stalk. Cells 4-8 p broadand 6-16 p long (Fig. 116).

HABITAT. Pond, Rangoon-January (Skuja, 1949).DISTRIBUTION.Switzerland, N. Amerka, Abyssinia, and Burma.

117. Dhnorphococcus fritsclUi Crow

W. B. Crow, 1923 a, p 141, f A-F; 1923, p 165.

Colonies faitly large consisting of up to 128 cells, regular and ellipsoid, of com~pact compound grollps of four cell~ each, embedded in distinct envetoping mucilage.Each group of cells dimorphic, one pair heart-shaped and the alternating pair cylindricaland slightly bent inwards. Each cell with a short mucilaginous stalk having a smalllappet at the point of attachment 1:0the cell. Colonies 70-90 p broad, 85-100 p long.Cells 12-20 p in height. Cylindrical cells 5-6 p broad (Fig. 117).

HABITAT. In rock pools, tanks, canals and lakes, Ceylon-September(Crow, i.e.). . .

DISTRIB{JTION. Ceylon.

Genera oj Dictyosphaeriaceae not recordedfrom the Indian region

Da£/ylospfaerium Steinecke,. 1916, p 68, monospccific :D. sociale Steinecke, 1916, p 68

Lobocystis Thompson, 1952, p 366, monospecific :L. dichotoma Thompson, 1952, p 366, f 8-9

Quadricoccus Folt, 1948, p 11, with two species :Q.laevis FOIt, 1948, P 11, figQ. verrucosus Folt, 1948, p 11, f 1 a-f, h-i

= Tetratomococcus ornatus Korshikov, 1953, p 340, f 315

Dic!Y06)'s!isLagerheim (1890, p 226), based on the single species D. hi/chcoc~ii (W~~le) LagerheiDl,has been-consldered by G. M. Smith (1933) as a Cosmocladium with the name C. httchcockn (Wolle) G. M.Smith. _ -

. Euteltamorus Walton (1918, p 126) with one species, E. globoslls Walton, has been considered by G. M.Smuh (1933) as synonymous to Sphaerocystis Chodat, 1897.

DrchotomococcusKorshikov (1928, p 418) with three species: D. capitatusKorsh. (1928); D. curvatusKorsh. (1939) (=D. dongatus Folt, 1948) and D. luna/us Folt (1948) has also to be excluded from the

order. Korshikov (1928) originally placed his genus in the Chlorophyceae and it was followed by la:.authors. However, In 1939, he (cr., Folt and Komarek, 1960), transferred it to the Xanthophyceae on e

DlMORPHOCOCCUS 207

ground that no starch is produced by the alga. Folt and Komarek (/.c.) also placed the genus under theXanthophyceae.

The exact systematic position of S/einiella balatonica Hortobagyi (1952, p 237, f 11) is not understood.Steiniella was originally established by Bernard (1908) with the type species S. graeventzii Bernard. It hasbeen considered by later authors as synonymous to Scenedesmus bijuga, bijugatus var. alternans or ovalternusvar. (see G.M. Smith 1916; Chodat, 1926, Korshikov, 1953). No other species of S/einiella is known.Hortobtigyi's species shows a great resemblance to LoboC)'s/is Thompson and could probably be placednear it, if not merged with it.

'"

!t

.,

,-12. Family SELENASTRACEAE (Blackman et TansIey)

Fritsch in West et Fritsch, 1927, pp 103, 127

Members of this family are usua11y free-living, rarely attached and they usuallyoccur in loose colonies held together by a mucilaginous envelope or by the adhesionof cells at certain points, rarely solitary. Cells club-shaped, fusiform, acicular, lunateor ovate-cuneate. Chloroplast parietal and with or without a pyrenoid. -

Reproduction by autospores.Nine genera belonging to this family are recorded from the Indian region:-

KEY TO THE GENERA

1. Cells elongated, in small groups or solitarya. Cells attenuated to acute apices and often connected at apices to form loose colonies.. . 0. . .. ....

Dm;tylococcus (p 208).b. Cells fusiform .to acicular, solitary or in loose aggregates

i. Cells of moderate length and with or without a single pyrenoidtSolitary or in loose aggregates and usually without a mucilaginous envelope. . .. ........

Ankistrodesmus (p 210)

~2-4-8 or more cells within a mucilaginous envelope. 0 Quadrigula(p 215)

ii. Cells solitary, very.long and with an axial row of a dozen or more pyrenoids. . . . . . . .-: .. . . . .,- Closteriopsis(p 216)

c. Cells oblong-ovoid or club-shaped, usually joined by their ends to form radiating colonies.. . .....Actinastrum(p 217)

Cells more or less lunate and in coloniesa. C«;lIsattenuated, fairly regularly arranged back to back and usually without a mucilaginous

envelope. . 0. . . . . . 0. . . . . . . . . 0. . . . . . .. . . 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Selenastrum (p 218)

bo Cells usually small in number (1-2-4, rarely 8) and arranged within the enlarged mother cellwall. . . . . ., 0.. . . 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . " . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 0. . . .. Nephrochlam'y~(p 221)

c. Number of cells often larger (4 to many) and arranged loosely within a wide mucilaginousenvelope. . 00. . . . . 0 . . 0. . . . 000. . . . 0. . . 0. . . . . 0. . . . ~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Kirchneriella (p 222)

3. Cells ovate-cuneate and in coloniesCells arranged in radiating groups at the periphery of an envelope with the broad ends towarOsthe centre and touching each other. 0. . 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Gloeom;tinium (p 225)

2.

XXXVIII. Genus DACTYLOCOCCUSNaegeli, 1849, p 85

Cells solitary or joined' end to end to form fragile colonies, usuallywith attenuated apices. Cell wall thin and mucilaginous. Chloroplastlaminate and with an indistinct pyrenoid.

Reproduction by oblique division of the- protoplast leading to autosporeformation.

Only one species recognized. Four other species known have been transferredby Pascher (1915) and Petersen (1928) to KeralococcusPascher, 1915.

fusiforDl

parietal,

208

118. Dactylococcus infusionum Naegeli *

C. Naegeli, 1849, p 85, pI 3, f F; Go W. Prescott, 1951, p 255, pi 56, f 13

Cells fusiform, solitary or attached pole to pole to form false branched filamentsor chains. Chloroplast parietal, sometimes with an indistinct pyrenoid. Cells2 .5-4 P broad, 9 p long (Fig. lIB).

<-.~

~~.~?.

DACTYLOCOCCUS209

~~.Uge

1I9d

FIGs. 118-119. 118, DactylococCU$ infusionum NAEGELI; 119 a-c,Ankistrodesmus spiralis (TURNER) LEMMo;119d. vAR.fasciculatus G. Mo SMITH.

(118, FROM G. M. SMITH, 1950; 119c, FROM TURNER, 1892 (ASRaphidium spirale TURNER); (1I9a-b,x 1500; 119d,x 725).

... . .After studying Sa..d,smus dim.,phus and S. 06/iguus in axenic culture using different -media, Trianor (ConodiQnJ.1~ 41 · 967-68, 1963; ibid. 42 : 515-18, 1964) concluded that unbranched or branched DQdylDtDttus stages with a can.-.IIeCting band between adjacent cells OCcur in these species. With S. dim.rphus, Datlyloc.ttlu stages occurred when yeast extract/"as Used and they Were never in abundance, whereas in inorganic media, with sodium citra.e as a buffer, coenobia typical;Of Su""smus were formed. With S. obliguus, the DQdy/oco<<usstages Were produced in the absence of an organic ~ubitrate.,'OIIte of the branched stages being composed of as many as 30 cells. S,nce the Ducly/oc,,«us .stages of S. o6/.gous ~relfonned in Bristol's solution and in complete medium which are simple, defined media and not concentrated m~dia or withtldd.ition of organic compounds, Trainor is opinion that the DQ"y/~,,,,s stage i. likely to be a naturally occusnng form.

The above findings of Trainor Once again cast doubts on the validity of DQ"Yro-tIU i./Usi.num Nae,,'"

~..'T" 1..~

,I

1210CIILOROCOCCALES

HABITAT. Adhering to aquatic phanerogamic plants in Afghanistan(Schaarschmid t, 1886).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, and Afghanistan.Since colonies of this alga break up readily, several authors (Wille, 1909; West

and Fritsch, 1927; Fritsch, 1935) doubt the independence of Dactylococcusand considerit probable tbat D. infusionum Naegeli is a naturally occurring state of Scenedesmusobliquus,but G. M. Smith (1916; 1933; 1950) stated that a strain of D. irifusionumNaegeliisolated in unialgal culture from material collected in Wisconsin (Smith, 1914)developed typically many-celled colonies and lacked Scenedesmus-like stages.

XXXIX. Genus ANKISTRODESMUS Corda, 1838, p 196=RaphidiumKuetzing, 1845, p 144

Free-floating, solitary or in loose temporary colonies usually. not enclosed within -a mucilaginous envelope. Cells acicular to fusiform, straight, curved or sigmoid withgradually tapering ends. Chloroplast single, parietal and with or without a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by oblique-transverse and longitudinal division of protoplastleading to autospore formation. "'"

Four species are recorded from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

1. Cells sigmoid and usually in colonies of2-4-8 or more -a. 4-8 or l!10recells twisted around <!.neanother ~.. ',' .A. sPiralis(p. 210)....

b. In fasci~late bundles of 2-3-4, sometimes solitary. . . . .. . . . . . . : . .. .. . . . . .A. sigmoides(p. 2Jl) ,

2. Acicular cells not twisted around each other .A.falca/us (p. 2Jl)

3. Celis fusiform, strongly curved and sickle shaped .A. convolu/us(p. 213)',

119. Ankistrodesmus spiralis (Turner) Lemmermann

E.Lemmermann', 1908, p 1-76;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 190, f 293; G. M. Smith, 1920, pp 135-36,pi 32,f6-7 ' -=RaPhidium spirale Turner, 1892, p 156, pi 20, f 26=R. polymorphum FJ:es. var. /urneri W. et G. S. West, 1902, p 197, pi 17, fI8=Ankis/rodesmusfalfa/us var. spiralis (Turner) G. S. West, 1904; N. Carter, 1926, p 277=Riiphidium /u!fleri (West) Bern!lrd, 190~, p 176, f376-19; 1909, p 76, f 156-59,

Cells acicular with acute-apices; in colonies of usually 1=-8-16, rarely two, cells .spirally twisted round one another in the median region, but free at the ends. Chloro-plast single and without a'pyrenoid. Cells 1-3'0 P,broad, 20-45 p, long (Fig. 119 a-c).

HABITAT. N. E. India (Turner, t.e:); paddy fields, Heneratgodha, Ceylon(W. and G. S. West, 1902); ditch at edge of rice field, Sadiya, Assam-August(Carter, l.c.); Royal Lakes and trench, Rangoon. (Skuja, 1949); ponds and tanks,

·Ankis/rodesmusis generally considered to be without a mucilaginous envelope. However, accordingto Korshikov (1953), some typical species ofthis genus possess a mucilaginous envelope. On this ground,.he included Q.uadrigula, always with a distinct envelope, and Selenas/rum, (See Korshikov, 1953, p 302, f264)which may have a gelatinous envelope, within the genus Ankislrodesmus. The author treats Q.uadrigu14'

~nd Selenas/rumas distinct genera. _

ANKISTRODESMUS 211

Dibrugarh (Assam), straY-May, Chikkanakarai (Coorg), rare-February andAzhicode (Kerala), rare-February; fishery bundh, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore(W. Bengal), rare-December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri (Orissa), rare-April (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Widespread, incl. Europe, N. America, S. and W. Africa, India,Burma, Ceylon, Singapore, Java, China, Siberia, and Japan.

var. fasciculatus G. M. SmithG. M. Smith, 1922, p 336, pi 8, f 19

.~ Cells curved or sigmoid, twisted around one another and united in colonies of50-200 cells with the median portion of the cells in contact and the apices free. Cells3 '75-5 p, broad, 55-70 p, long. Colonies 75-180 p, in diameter (Fig. 119 d).

HABITAT. Ponds and tanks, Sibsagar (Assam), s,tray-June, Dibrugarh (Assam),rather common-May; Sambalpur, Kamakhyanagar and Chatrapur (Orissa), rare-February, Chikkanakarai, Coorg, and Azhicode (Kerala), rare-February; fisherybundh,. <;:handrakona Road, Midnapore (W. Bengal), rare-December; swamp,Kausalya Ganga, Puri, rare-April (!).

DISTRIBUTION.N. America and India.

This variety differs from ,the type in the larger number of cells in a colony.The author observed the variety frequently in association with the type in neutral orslightly acidic waters with low total alkalinity. -

120. Aokistrodesmus sigmoides (Rabenh.) Bruhl et Biswas

P. Bruhl and K. Biswas, 1922, p 12, pi 3, f22

=Raphidiumpolymorphum var. sigmoideum Rabenhorst, 1868, p 45; F. WolJe, 1887, p 155

Cells solitary or in fasciculate bundles of 2-3-4, fusiform, slen~er, graduallyattenuated from the middle towards the enqs and distinctly sigmoid. Ends of cellsvery acute. Cells 2-3 p, broad and about 2~ p, long (Fig. 120).'

HABITAT. Filter beds, Bengal (Bruhl and Biswas, l.c.).'DISTRIBUTION. Europe, N. America, and India.

121.Aokistrodesmus fa1catus (Corda) Ralfs

J. Ralfs, 1848, p 180, pi 34, £ 3 a-d;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 188, f 283; G. M. Smith, 1920.p 134, pi 32, £ I; M. R. Handa, 1927, p 262, pi 6, £6=Micras/eriasfalca/aCorda, 1835,p 206, pi 2, £29=Ankis/rodesmusfusiformis Corda, 1838, p 199=Raphidiumfasciculalum Kuetzing, 1845, p 144

=R. polymorphumvar.falca/um (Corda) Rabenhorst, 1868, p 45; W. and G.S. West, 1902, p 197;C. Bernard, 1908, p 114, f 365-69

CelIs acicular to narrowly fusiform with the ends tapering to acute apices,,. Usually in fasciculate bundles of 2-+-8 or more, rarely solitary. Chloroplast single,",('

parietal and usually without pyrenoids. Cells 1'5-7'0 P, broad, 20-165 p, long(Fig. 121 a, e).

.212CHLOROCOCCALES

/:.

ute

~.~ .../121c

)'~'U>dtrlb .

FIGs. 120-122. 120, Ankis/rodesmus sigmoides (RABENH.) BRUHL ET BISWAS;121 a, e, A. falca/us (CORDA) RALFS; b, VAR. sPirilliformis (W. ET G. S. WEST)G. S. WEST; C, VAR. acicularis (A. BRAUN) G. S. WEST; d, VAR. radia/us (CHOD.)LEMM.; 122 a-d, A. convolu/us CORDA.

(120, FROMBRUHL & BISWAS,1922; 121 a, d,x 1000; 121 b-c, FROMWEST;'121 e, IROM BISWAS 1949; 122 :;r-b, x 1500; c-d, FROM BISWAS, 1936 (AS A.convolu/usCORDA VAR. minu/um(NAEGELI) RABENH.).

--'

HABITAi. Paddy fields, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West, 1902,) Tanks and pools,Ceylon (Crow, 1923); banks and backwaters of the Irrawady, and shallow poolsovergrown with weeds, Mansang, Burma (W. and G. S. West, 1907); Royal Lak~,Rangoon (Handa, l.c.); aquarium and Cantonment Gardens, Rangoon, and pond,Mandalay (Skuja; 1949); Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl and' Biswas, 1926);' pOl1d,Bombay (Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946); River Cooum, Madras (Iyengar. andVenkataraman, 1951); ponds and tanks, Dibrugarh (Assam) stray-May; Barrackporeand Seranlpor_e (W. Bengal) stray-to rare-January to October; Cuttack, stray-Julyand August,Nuapara; (Orissa) stray_February;.Sambalpur, (Orissa) stray-December;Azhicode (Kerala) stray-Octobe~, rare-February and Ochira, Kerala, rathercommon-February; fishery bundh, Chandrakona Road, W. 'Bengal, rare-December (!).

DISTRIBUTION. Ubiquitous.

"

...

.t~

If

j..

ANKISTRODESMUS 213

var. aclc:ularis (A. Braun) G. S. West

G. S. West, 1904, p223;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 188,f 284jG. W. Prescott, 1951,p253, p156, fl6=Raphidium aciculare A. Braun in L. Rabenhorst, 1863, p 18, No. 442; W. B. Turner, 1892,p 156=RaPhidium polymorphum var. aciculare (A. Braun) Rabenhorst, 1868, p 45; W. and G. S.West, 1902, p 197=Ankis/rodesmus acicularis (A. Braun) Skuja, 1948, p 143=A. acicularis (A. Braun) Korshikov, 1953, p 291 -,

Cells mostly single, straight or slightly cOrved and with pointed ends. Cells2-4'5 p-broad, 35-80, rarely up to 210 p-long (Fig. 121c). /

HABITAT. N. E. India (Turner, l.c.); paddy fields and artificial tanks, Ceylon(W. and G. S. West, 1902); paddy fields, Momauk, and shallow pools overgrown withweeds, Mansang,. Burma (W. and G. S. West 1907); ponds and Kokine Lakes,Rangoon (Skuja, 1949).

DISTRIBUTION. Cosmopolitan.

var. radiatus (Chodat) Lemmermann

E. Lemmermann, 1908, p 175; J. Bruniithaler, 1915, p 188=Raphidium polymorphumFres. var. radia/umChodat, 1902, p t98; C. Bernard, 1908, p 175,

r372-73; 1909, P 76, f 153-55

Cells in radiating bundles, straight or curved, 2-3 ~ broad and 70-80 p- long(Fig. 121 d).

HABITA,!,. Cantonment Gardens, Royal Lakes and trench, Rangoon (Skuja,1949). Swamp, Ka!lsalya Ganga, Puri, Stray-Aprit (!). _

DisTRIBUTION. Europe, India, Burma, -Singapore, J~va, and Japan.

var. spiriWformis (W. et G. S. West) G. S. West

G. S. West, 1904, p 224; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 188, f288; G. M. Smith, 1926, p 182, p113,f6=Raphidium polymorphum var. spirale W. et G._S. West, 1898.=R. polymorphum var. sPiroides Zacharias, 19037"R. angus/um Bernard, 1908, p 177 _ _ '=Ankis/rodesmus angus/us (Bernard) Korshikov, 1953, p 297; incl. A. con/or/us Thuret in deBrebisson, 1856, p 158

Cells solitary, spir;tlly curved and with pointed ends, 1-2'2 p- broad, 16-40 p-;)ong (Fig. r21 b).. HABITAT. Free-floating in a pond, Cantonment Gardens, Rangoon-May'f(Skuja, 1949). _

DISTRIBUTION. Europe, N. America, Africa, Burma, Java, and Siberia.Though most authors, including G. S. West, Brunnthaler and Smith, referred

% the variety as var. spirilliformis G. S. West, latest nomenclatural rules make it

\'Decessaryto include · W.et G. S. West' within brackets immediately after the varietale since the alga is synonymous to Raphidiumpolym01phumvar. spiraleW. et G. S. West.

Aukistrodesmus cODvolutus Corda

A.J. C. Corda, 1838, p 199, p12, f 19;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 190, f292; G. M. Smith, 1926,p 182, p113, f 7-9

CHLOROCOCCALES214

Raphidiumconvolulum(Corda) Rabenhorst, 1B6B,p 46. Ankislrode~musconvolutus ~Rabenh.) G. S. West, 1904,P 204; W. and G. S. ~est, 1907, P 2.30;mc\. var. mlnulum (NaegelI) Rabenhorst in Brunntha1er, 1915,p 190; F. E. Fntsch and F. RIch1930, P 27; K. Biswas, 1936, P 125, pI B,'f 10; G. Nygaard, 1945, p 4B,p14, f 46 '

Solitary or in groups of 2-4 cells. Cells strongly curved or twisted with the ends

pointed, rarely blunt and stumpy. Cells l' 5-5 P, broad, 3-28 p, long (Fig. 122 a-d).HABITAT. In springs on the river bank, Bhamo, Upper Burma (W. and G. S.

West, i.e.); among a colony of rotifers, N. E. India (Biswas, i.e.).Brunnthaler (op.c.)stated that AnkislrodesmusconvolulUSCorda has strongly curved

cells with pointed, rarely stumpy ends and that var. minulum (Naeg.) Rabenhorst

(4 p, X 12-28 p,) differs from the former in having crescent-shaped cells and beingalways single celled. However, he did not give the dimensions of the typical form or thefigure of the variety. The dimensions of the typical form as given by De Toni (1889)and Prescott (1951) are 3'5-5 P, X 3'7-12 P, and 3-4'5 P, X 12-15 P, respectively.

Nygaard's alga is 2' 5-4 P,broad and 5-11 p,long, which is very near that of the typicalform. The variety described by Biswas is l' 5-2 P, broad and 15-20 P, long. Thus,

apart froI!l the overlapping of the dimensions of the typical form and of the varietygiven by Brunnthaler as var. minulum (Nae&..) RabenhOlst and subsequently followedby others, the-var~ety itself appears to be invalid since the acj:ual name of Raphidiumconvolulumvar. minimum(Naeg.) Rabenh. given by Rabenhorst is for a different algaoriginally described by Naegeli, viz. Raphidium minulum Naeg. (f849) measuring2-3 p, X 7-9 P, and with. crescent-shaped cells, which has been considered by Collins(1909) as Selenaslrum minulum (Naeg.) Collins. The variety millulum (Naeg.) Rabenhorst

. is, therefore; §uppressed i!l the present account. The Danish and the Indian algadescribed by Biswas with their slightly twisted ends belong to an Ankislrodesmusratherthan a Selenaslrum!

Some oj lhe speciesof .Ankistrodesmus not recordedfrom Ihe Indian region

A. aculissimus Archer, IB62, P 256A. amalloides Chodat et OettliA. anguslllS Chodat et OettliA. arc.ua/us.Korshikov, 19~3, p 296, f 257A. bernardense Chodat et Oettli

(considered by Korshikov, 1953, p 290, as synonymouS to A. braunii)A. biplex (Reinsch) G. S. West, 1904, P 224

A. biplex (Reinsch) Brunntha1er, 1915, p 190, f297A. braunii (Naegeli) Lemmermann, 190B, p 16B

=RaPhidium braunii Naeg. ex Kuetzing, IB49, p 891=Ankis/rodesmus braunii (Naegeli) Collins, 1912, p 7B=A. braunii (Naeg.) Brunnthaler, 1915, p 1B9

A. densus Korshikov, 1953, p 300, f 262A. dulcis P1ayfair, 1917, P B36, pI 57, f 20A. ex/ensus Korshikov, 1953, p 296, f 256A.falcula (A. Braun) Brunnthaler, 1915, p 190

*A.frac/us (A. Braun) Brunntha1er, 1915, Ii IB9A. mucosUSKorsnikov, 1953, p 290, f250A. muscicola (Hustedt) Teiling, 1942 a, P 216, f 8A. nannoselene Skuja, 1948, P 142, p116, f 14A. oblusUSKorshikov, 1953, p 290, f249A. pseudomirabilis Korshikov, 1953, p 297, f 258A. sepIa/us Chodat et Oettli

(also considered by Korshikov, 1953,p 290, as synonymous to A. braunii)A.tortilis W. et G: S. West, 1912, P 431, p19, f9-10

*See Addendum.

~

Q.UADRIGULA 215

Korshikov (1953) transferred Ankis/rodesmus spiro/aenia G. S. West (1911) to Raphidonema Lagerheim,and, unlike most authors who include Raphidonema under the Ulotrichales, he placed it under genera ofuncertain systematic position in his Protococcineae. Hindiik (1963) created a new genus Koliella(outside the Ch10rococcales) and treated A. spiro/aenia,A. nivalis (Chodat) Brunnthaler (1915, p 190,f294) and A. vireli (Chodat) Brunnthalcr (1915, p 190, f 295) as its respective species.

Ankis/rodesmus minulissimus Korshikov (1953, p 295, f255), A. subcapitalus Korshikov (1953, p 295,f254) and A. rolunaus Korshikov (1953, p 294, f 253) look more like species ofSelenos/rum than Ankistrodesmus.Incidentally, it may be mentioned here that Korshikov (op.c.) included Selenoslrum, with its well knownspecies, as well as Q.uadrigula .and Closteriopsis, within Ankis/rodesmus.

XL. Genus Q.UADRIGULA Printz, 1915, p 49

Cells in groups of 2-4~8 or more arranged with their longitudinal axes parallelto the long axis of the colony inside a homogeneous hyaline gelatinous envelope.Colonies ellipsoid to sphelOid. Cells cylindrical to fusiform, about 4-20 times as longas broad, straight or slightly curved. Chloroplast single, filling the 'cell, and with orwithout pyrenoids.

Reproduction by 2-4-8 autospores, which separate from each other slightly asthe parent cell wall gelatinizes and merges with the colonial matrix.

Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

123. Q.uad~igula quateruata (W. et G. S. West) Printz IH. Printz, 1915a, p 29=Ankistrodesmusqua/ernatusW. et G. S. Wes~, 1907, p 230, f23-25;J. B~unnthaler, 1915, p 191,f299

Colonies four-celled. Cells more- or less semilunar with their apices rounded,

and arranged cruciately in a compact manner within -a gelatinous envelope, the

concave sides of the cells facing the centre of the colony. Cells 7-7' 7 J.l broad,.23-24' 5 .p, long (Fig. 123). .

HABITAT. In shallow pools overgrown with weeds, Mansang near Hsipaw,

Upper Burma (W. and G. S. West, l.c.).DISTRIBUTION. Burma and Siberia.

Speciesnot recordedfrom lhe Indtan region

Q..choda/i(Tanner=Fullman) G. M. Smith, 1920, p 13B"=':.Raphidiumchoaa/iTanner-Fullman, 1906, p 156, f I-II=Ankis/rodesmuschodati1,Tanner- Fullman) Brunnthaler, 1915, p 193

Q..closterioides(Bohlin) Printz, 1915, p 49=NePhrocyliumc/osterioidesBohlin, IB97a, p IB, pi I f 23-24=Raphidium pji/zeri Schroeder, 1902, p 152, pi &;f6=Ankis/rodesmuspjitzeri (Schroeder) G. S. West, 1904, p 224 .=A. closterioides(Bohlin) Printz, 1914, p 9B=Q.uadrigula pjitzeri (Schroeder) G. M. Smith, 1920, p 13B

Q..foscicula/aLundberg, 1931, p 2B2=Ankis/rodesmuslundbergii(Lundb.) Korshikov, 1953, p 305, f 26B

Q..lacus/ris (Chodat) G. M. Smith, 1920, p 139, pi 33, f 4-6. =Raphidium braunii var. laclLSlreChodat, 1902, p 200, f 117=Ankistrodesmuslacustris(Ohedat) Ostenfeld, 1907, p 3B4=Raphidium pyrenogerum var. -gelifac/um ChOdat, 1901=Ankistrodesmusgelifactum'(Chod.) Bourrelly,1951, p 679, f20

Q..montanaStrcpm, 1926, p !6B, pi I, f 10-12Q..pannonicaHortcpb~gyi,1962, p 36, p14B, f575-77

Printz (1927) believed that Strc;m's species should be merged with Q.loJ/erioides,

~

216CHLOROCOCCALES

aDD123 a

124

123b

@..:

.:-......

,.' :.~ ".,. .. .(

(AD" C@).o.'\: ' ;.,.-.' .I .. :. ..

~.

~. i'.. :.", ,.. ':C','. .'

.............................

~

123c

...

... "

FIGs. 123-125. 123, Quadrigula quaternata (W. ET G. S. WEST) PRINTZ a,COLONY IN SIDE VIEW; C, TOP VIEW; b, THREE CELLS IN SIDE VIEW; 124,Closteriopsis

longissima (LEMM.) LEMM. VAR. tropic a (W. ET G. S. W!!ST) W. ET G. S. WEST;125 a-c, Actinastrum..h.antz;schii LAGERH.; 125 d, VAR. elongatum G: M. SMITH..

(123, FROM W. ET G. S. WEST, 1.907 (AS Ankistrodesmus quaternatus W. ETG. S. WEST); 124, FROM W. ET G. S. WEST, 1902 (AS Raphidium longissimumSCHROEDER VAR. tropmzm W. ET G. S. WEST); 1.25 d, FROM G. M. SMITU, 1920;125 a-c, x 1500). . -. .-

XLI. Genus CLOSTERIOPSIS Letnn:lermann, 1899, P 124

Cells solitary, acicular, without gelatinous sheaths and usually much longer thanin Ankistrodesmus. . Chloroplast parietal with an a"Xialrow of a dozen or more pyrenoids.

The genus which resembles a Closteriumalso is distinguished from' it by the chloro-

plast being not interrupted in the middle.Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

124. Closteriopsis longissima (Lemm.) Lemmermann

E.Lemmennann, 1899, p 124, p12, r 36-38=Clos/tTiumpronum var.longissimum Lemm., 1896(?)

...

y-.ACTINASTRUM 217

=Raphidium pyrenogerum Chod., 1902, inc!. Raphidium longissimum Schroeder, 1897, p 373=Ankis/rodesmus longissimus (Lemm.) Wille, 1909, p 68; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 191, f 300;

O. A. Korshikov, 1953, p 288, f247=A. pyrenogerum (Chodat) Printz, 1927, p 151

'.'Cells solitary and free-floating, very variable, usually long and spindle-shaped,

slightly curved with the ends very long and gradually tapering to a fine point. Cell. wall very thin. Chromatophore plate-like with numerous pyrenoids arranged in a

linear row. Cells 3'5-7"5 fl broad, 190-530 fllong. -The alga has not been recorded from the Indian region. Out of several

varieties known, ollly var. tropica is recorded from the Indian region.

var. tropica (Wet G. S. West) W. et G. S. West

W. and G. S. West, 1905, p 31, pi I, fl; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 136, P 132, f8=Raphidium longissimum Schr. var. tropicum W. et G. S. West, 1902, p 198=AnkistrodtSmus langissimus (Lemm.) Wille var. tropicum W. et G. S. West in Brunnthaler. 1915, P 191

'. Cells elongate, spindle-shaped with gradually attenuated ends but not endingin sharp points. Chromatoph9re-in the form of a. plate with a number of pyrenoidsarranged"in a linear series. Cells 6-7'5 fl broad, 225-370 fllong (Fig. 124).

HABITAT. Paddy fields, Heneratgodha, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West, 1902).DISTRIBUTION.Shetlands, N. America, and Ceylon.'

f 'Fhe only' other species of Closteriopsi~known is C. brevicula_Wheldon, 1947~t'

Xl;II. Genus ACTINASTRUM Lagerheini, 1882, p 70I

Colonies free-floating and made up of 4-8-16 cylindrical or club-shaped cells

radiating from <\co~on centre. Colonies sometimes joined together to form irregularmultiple colonies. Cells with a single parietal chloroplast with or withcut a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by the formation of autocolonies from each 'cell.Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

ActinastrulD hantzschii Lagerheim

G. Lagerheim, 1882, p 70, p13, f25-26; J. Brunnthaler, 191'5, p 168, f 237; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 164, pl.43, f6-7

Colonies of 4 or 8 radially arranged cells, sometimes joined together to formmultiple colonies. Cells spindle-shaped and 3-6 times as long as broad. Middle ofcell twice as broad as the apices. Apices attenuated or slightly rounded. Cells 3-6 flbroad, 10-26 fllong. Colonies up to 50 fl in diameter (Fig. 125 a-c)~.

. HABITAT. Tanks, Ceylon, September-October (Crow, 1923); free-floating in:,~Eond, Cantonment Gardens, Rangoon-May (Skuja, 1949); River Cooum, Madras..(Iyengar and Venkataraman, 1951); Museum Pond, Calcutta, rare-July to August'alld November; ponds and tanks, Sibsagar and Joyasagar (Assam), stray-May[alld June; Barrackpore (W. Bengal), very rare-January, May-July and October-,iNovember; Serampore (W. Bengal), rare-July and October; Bhopal, rare to

.

CHLOROCOCCALES21fi

common-July j Cuttack, rare to very common-1'lay, July and August; Srikakulam,Rajamundry and Visakhapatnam (Andhra Pradesh), stray-December, Sunkesala,Kurnool (Andhra Pradesh), common-December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri

(Orissa), rare-April; moat, Vellore'~[adras), common-December" (!).DISTRIBL'110N.Cosmopolitan.

val'. elongatum G. M. Smith

G.}'[. Smith, 1918, P 636 pi 12, f3; 1920, P 165, ~143,f 8

Cells much longer than in the type and elongate cylindrical, tapering only

slightly towards the poles. Cells 4-5 p, broad and 30--35 P, long (Fig. 125 d).HABITAT. Planktonic in Lake Gregory, Colombo, Ceylon (Holsinger, 1955).

DISTRIBI:110N. N. America arid Ceylon.

Someother speciesof Actinastrum not recordedfrom the Indian region

A. bacillarePlayfair, 1917, P 838, pi 57, f28-29A. gracillimumG. M. Smith 1916 b, P 480, p126, f 23A. minimumG. Huber, 1929, P 357, p14, f 1-3A. raPhidioides(Reinsch) Brunnthaler, 1915, p 169, f242A. schroeteriG. Huber, 1929, P 350, pi 2, f 1-6A. letaniformeTeiling, 1912

A. aciculareP1ayfair (1917>-p838, pi 57, f 30) "hasbeen considered by Huber_Pestalozzi(1929) as'f. playiairii Huber of A. schroelerivar. curvalumHuber. A. gut/ula Playfair (1917) is, according to Fott,(1953 a), the same as Paradoxiam/liliselaSwirenko (seeunder,Para~oxia). .

XLIII. Genus SELENASTRUM Reinsch, 1867, P 64

..

Free-floating colonies made up of 4-8-16 cells usually without an outer mucila-

ginous envelope. Sometimes, several such groups joined together to form, largercolonies containing as many as 100 or mOle cells. Cells semi-lunar, acicular or spirallYtwisted, joined to each other by their convex sides, rarely free. -Ends usually acutelypointed, rarely oifid. Chloropiast single, parietal, fiJling the cell and usually with apyrenoid. ---

Reproduction by the formation of. 4-8-16 autospores from e!!ch cell which onliberation arrange themselves as in the mother colony. "

Four species are recorded from the Indian region."KEY TO THE SPECIES 't

1. gells crescent-to sickle-shaped.~. Cells very_small,crescent-shaped and plump, 2-3 ~ broad, 7-9 ~ long . .S. minulum(p.218)11. Cells larger, arcuate to sickle-shaped with sharply pointed ends

a. Cells 5-8 ,.. broad .-... . . .. . .S. bibraianum(p.219)b. Oells3-5,..broad !. .S.graciletp.219),

2. Cellsarcuatebutneversick le-h d ' I .53 b d" " S 1

"(p 221). s ape, _,.. roa .wes 1\ .

126. ~ena8traD1 minutuID (Naegeli) Collins

F. S.Col1iJis.l~09,p 171,p16,f 55;J.Brunnthaler, 1915,p 182,f272

SELENASTRUM 219

" =RaPhidium mi/lulum Naegeli, 1849, p 83=R. convolulum var. minimum (Naegeli) Rabellhorst, 1868, p 46~:

'! Cells crescent-shaped, usually uniformly curved and plump with pointed ends,solitary or, rarely, united in colonies. Cells 2-3 p, broad, 7-9 p, long (Fig. 126).

HABITAT. Ponds, Mandalay-January and November (Skuja, 1949).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, S. Africa, Burma, and Japan.

127. Selenastrwn bibraianUID Reinsch

P. Reinsch, 1867, p 64, p14, f 2 a-c; W. B. Turner, 1892, p 162, pi 21, f 15; J. Brunnthaler,1915, p 182, f273; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 133, p131, f6-7=Ankislrodesmus bibraianus (Reinsch) Korshikov, 1953, p 302, f 264

.-;

Cells crescent- to sickle-shaped with sharply pointed ends4-8-16 or more cells. Chloroplast single, parietal and usuallyCells 5-8 p, broad, 16-38 p, long -(Fig. 127).

HABITAT. Searsole, X E. India (Turner,Jf.); swamp, -!<-ausalya Ganga,Yuri (Orissa) very rare-April; pond, Chikkanakarai, Coorg, Mysore, very. rare-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, S. and W. Africa, India, Java, and Japan.There is a possibility that C. bellgalicumis only a partially desiccated Sele/l(zstmm-

.~"..b'ibraianum(see also, up-def Closteridium-bellgalicumTurner).

and in colonies of

with a pyrenoid.

~"

Selenastrwn grac~le Reinsch-

P. Reinsch, 1867, p 65, pi 4, f 3 a-bj J. Bru'lnthaler, 1915, p 183, f 274; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 133, p131, f 5=S. bibrtiianum var. gracile (Reinsch) Tiffany et Ahlstrom, 1931 j L. H. Tiffany & M.E. Britton,

1952, p 117, p132, f 326 - ,=A/lkislrodesmus gracilis p.p. (Reinsch) Korshikov, 1953, p 305, f 267

Cells lunate to

',Apices of cells acute.'long (Fig. 128).-.-

HABITAT. Royal Lakes, Rangoon (Handa, 1927); N. E. India (Turner, 1892);

'[po?d, Bombay (Gonzalves_ and Joshi,- 1946); fi~hery ?uudh, Chandrakona Road,~Mldnapore (W. .Bengal)', .rather -common-December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga,'iPuri (Orissa), rather common-April; ponds and tanks, Dibrugarh (Assam), stray-~~ay, Sambalpur (Orissa), stray-December, Jabalpur (Madhya Pradesh), rare-~pril, Bangalore, stray-February, Chikkanakarai, Coorg, Mysore, very common-:F,ebruary, Trichur, Chalakudi and, Iringalakuda (Kerala), stray-February,f!:\zhicode (Kerala), rather common-February and Ochira (Kerala), rare-l':ebruary; moat, Cuttack, rather common-April, very abundant among decaying"egetation-November and December (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Cosmopoli tan.. This species differs from S. bibraiallumonly in its more delicate cells, 3-5 p, in:~eadth compared to 5-8 p, in S. bibraianum. Smith (1920) was probably the first tolint out this and suggest that possibly S. gracile should be considered as a variety of

sickle~shaped and quite narrow in proportion to the length.Chloroplast without a pyrenoid. Cells 3-5 p, broad, 13-30 p,

220 CHLOROCOCCALES

J)a db

126

~c121 a

,121c

FIGs. 126-129. 126, Selellaslrurn minulurn (NAEGELI) COLLINS; 127,S. blbraianurn REINSCH; 128, S. gracile REINSCH; 129, S. weslii G. M. SMITH.

(126, FROM NAEGELI (ASRaphidium minulum NAEGELI); 127 a, FROM"TURNER, 1?92, REST,x 1500, EXCEPT 127 d, WHICHIS DIAGRAMMATIC;127 CISFROMA PARTIALLY DESICCATEDSPECIMENOF S. bibraianumINWHICHTHECELLCONTENTSHAVE APPARENTLYPLASMOLYSEDIN THE APICAL REGION GIVINGTHE ALGATHE APPEARANCEOF A Closteridium bengalicum TURNER ( COMPAREWITH' TEXT-FIG. 75 a). (THIS Q.UESTIONSTHE VALIDITYOF TURNER'SClosleridium bengalicum).

S. bibraianum. However, in his later works (Smith, 1933, 1950) he still retained the

species. Tiffany and Ahlstrom (1931) gave the alga the status of only a variety...Skuja (1948) merged S. gracile with S. bibraianum. In the author's collections,S. gracile was observed from a number of localities, but the more robust S. bibraian~'.,was observed only in two collections, along with S. gracile. In his opinion, thouffli'I,;

/,:-'

~

~El'lIROGHLAMYS 221

S. gracile may be justifiably considered as a variety of S. bibraianumthe sanction of longusage is in favour of retaining the species.

Korshikov (1953) included Selenastrum under Ankistrodesmus. He combinedS. gracile Reinsch and S. westii G. M. Smith in a new combination, Ankistrodesmusgracilis (Reinsch) Korshikov.

Handa's specimens of Selenastrum gracile from Burma ,are smaller than usual,only 2-3 fl in broad and 11-13 fllong.

- The alga observed by the author in a number of localities in India occurred, abundantly mostly during winter and that too in neutral or slightly acidic waters

frequently with decomposing vegetation.

129. Selenastrum westii G. M. Smith

G. M. Smith, 1920, p 133, pI 31,-f 8-10; G. Nygaard, 1945, p 46, f 62; G. W. Prescott, 1951,p 257; pI 57, f 10=Selenaslrumacuminal~mG. S. West, 1912a, p 88, f 5 a-g, lionLagerheim, 1882, p 55

?=S. gracilevar. minulumPlaYfair, 1917, p 834, pI 57, f 10=S. weslii F. E. Fritsch in G. S. West and F. E. Fristch, 1927, p 133, f 42 E-G

.......

Colonies of 2-4-8 irregularly arranged cells with their convex sides in contact,

r~ely free. Cells lunate to arcuate but not sickle-shaped, and with acuminate apices.'Chloroplast without a pyrenoid. Cells 1'5-3 fl broad, 15-39 fI- long (Fig. 129).

- HABITAT. Planktonic it! swamp, Kausalya Ganga, rare-April; tank, Ochira

(Kerala),rare-February 0). -,., _-DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America,N. Rhodesia,India, Japan, _China,and?

Australia. ' .

The Indian alga is much longer than the American one which is only 15-18 fllong between the apices; and in this respect, is more like the Danish alga which is15-39 fA long. (Nygaard, op.c.). Playfair's S. gracile var. minutum, 1'5-2 fAbroad and9-18 fllong is most probably as. westii since his figure shows the cells arcuate, but notsickle-shaped.

Korshikov P953) did not con~ider this alga as a distiQft species, and treated italong with Selenastrumgracile as, synonymous to his Ankistrodesmusgracilis (Reinsch).Korsh.

Species oj Selenastrum IlOtrecordedfrom the Indian regioll

s. bi/idumBennett, 1887,p 13S. capricornulum Printz, 1914-, p 92, pi 7, f 195

'-.:,. Some of Korshikov's (1953) Allkislrodesmus species could probably be considered as the respectivespecies of Selenaslrum.

XLIV. ., Genus NEPHROCHLAMYS Korshikov] 1953, p 310

Cells usually small in number (usually 2-4-8, rarely 1")and arranged within~the enlarged non-gelatinizing mother cell wall, reniform: to strongly curved with their"ends rounded or blunt. Chloroplast parietal and without a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by autospores.

222 l:HLOROCOCCALES

Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

130. Nephrochlal11Ys subsolitaria (G. S. West) Korshikov

O. A. Korshikov, .1953, p 311, f278=Kirchnerie/la subsolitaria G. S. West, 1908, p 284, pi 20, f 20-30; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 182,f 27!; G. M. Smith, 1926, p 184, pi 14, f 6-9; G. W. Prescott, 1951, P 259, pi 58, f 8;K. M. Salim, 1963,p 211 .

Cells crescent- to sickle-shaped having more. or less rounded ends, with one endfrequently sl~ghtly broader than the other. Solitary or 2-4 cells enclosed within the'persistent non-gelatinizing mother cell wall. Chloroplast nearly filling the cell andwithout a pyrenoid. Cells 1'8-6'5 fl broad, 5-14 fllong (Fig. 130).

HABITAT. Pond, Cuttack, stray to rare-July and August (!).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, China, W. Pakistan and India.In his original description of Kirchneriella subsolitaria, West did not give the

measurements of the alga though he stated that it is much smaller .than K. -obesa.

Smith's (1926) specimens from Iowa measured 6-9 fl in breadth and 10-15 fl in lengthwith the cells 2'5-3'5 fl broad and.5-6'5 fllong. Prescott (op.c.) gave the dimensionsof the cells as 3-4' 5 fl X 10-14 fl, whereas Korshikov gave them as 4-6.5 fl broadand up to 13 fl long. The Indian alga, with cells l' 8-3' 2. fl broad and 7-8 fllong, .comes very near Smith's alga.

Other speciesof Nephrochlamys known

N. allanthoidea Korshikov, 1953, p 311, f280N. rotunda Korshikov, 1953, p 311, f279N. willeana (Printz) Korshikov, 1953', p 312, f281

=Nephrocytium willeanum Printz, 1914, p 63, pi 5, P II

XLV. Genus KIRCHNERIELLA Schmidle, 1893, p 16 (83)

Colonies free-floating with the cells enclosed within a homogeneou.s gelatinousenvelope. Cells lunate to sickle-shaped, elongate, vermiform, curved or spirallytwisted with their ~nd~ pointed or rounded, and irregularly- arranged within 'theenvelope usually in twos or fours. Chloroplast single, parIetal and u.sually with a

"single pyr~noid.Reproductiorfby the formation of 4-8 autospores in each cell,. whic;:hare liberated

into the colonial envelope by the rupture of the old mother cell wall.Three species are recorded from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

I. Cells lunate to sickle-shaped and with pointed ends .Cells 3-8 /-' broad, 6-15 /-' long. . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .K. lunaris (p. 222)

2. CellsstrQngly lunate with theirrounded ends brought very near each other.. .K. obesa(p.224)

3. Cells curv~d or spiral~ytwisted vermiform cylinders less than 2 /-'in breadth.. ... .K. contorta(p.224)

131. Kirchneriella lunaris (Kirchner) Moebius

M. Moebius, 1894, p 331;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 180, f264; G. M. Smith, 1920, pHI, pi 34,f 4; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 258, pi 58, f 2

KIRCHNERIELLA 223

=Raphidium convolutum (Corda) Rabenh. var. lunare Kirchner, 1878, p 114=Kirchneriella lunata (Kirchner) Schmidle, 1893, p 16 (83), pi 3, f 1-3

Colonies spherical to ellipsoid with an outer gelatinous envelope. Cells irregu-larly arranged within the envelope in groups of four or eight, flattened and crescent-

;. ,.shaped with pointed ends and about twice as long as broad. .Chloroplast nearly fillingthe cell and with a singl~ pyrenoid. Cells 3-8 fl broad, 6-15 fllong. Colonies up to250 fl in diameter (Fig. 131).

. HABITAT. Gregory 'Lake, Colombo-January (Lemmermann, 1907); tanksand lakes, Ceylon, September-October (Crow, 1923); Royal Lakes, Rangoon (Handa,'1927); pond, Bombay (Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946); pond, Kamayut, Burma-April(Skuja, 1949); ponds and tanks, Dibrugarh and Sibsagar (Assam), rare, May-June,Balasore, Pachikot, Kujang and Sambalpur (Orissa), stray-December, Cuttack,.stray-July and february, rather common-August; Kausalya Ganga, cornmon-'November, Hyderabad, rare-January, Bangalore, stray-Fe,bruary, Ponnampet and

~.: ~:...:,;~ : :~~.~~~.................. ....

....~

..."".. ~- .

....

.

.' ',"". ' ; \%i~~ ..\

f~~~ )\\.~..~.///

:. . 131a :.....

.-

~ ;.:3 a'

@) W,130b ~,130 a

j'..........' .......

~~

-" '.

... ~~~.:. .. . .. .. .

1;2&

/...~::..:;..:;:..l \:...:...:..":

r :~.". .1::r.~ ;\. ~': \...J./

\. . :i::... ........ .. .

'f:ii b

:................... .

Me> (j \. IS'~ .. .. .

:'~ . J\ ,0 Q'

~ .I'. 0 ...

...\ ~ ~34.

FIGs. 130-134. 130, Nephrochlamys subsolitaria (G. S. WEST) KaRSH.;131, Kirchneriella lunaris (KIRCHNER) MOEB.; 132, K. obesa (W. WEST)SCHMlDLE; 133, K. contorta (SCHMlDLE) BOHUN; ~34. Gloeoactinium limneticumG.M.SMlTH (130-131. xIOOO. 132-134, x 1500).

GHLOROGOGCAL~S

224

Chikkanakarai, Coorg, stray-February, Azhicode (Kerala), common-February andOctober, Trichur, Chalakudi and Ochira (Kerala), rare-February; Sim's Park Pond,Coonoor (Madras), abundant-June; Fishery bundh, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore

(W. Bengal) rather common-Dccember; River Sone, Dehri (Bihar), stray-May (!);in the guts of anopheles larvae in Damodar Valley (Bihar) in partly or completely

digested condition (Kachroo, 1959).DISTRIBUTION.Ubiquitous (including Europe, N. and S. America, S. and W.

Africa, India, Burma, Ceylon, Java, China, Japan, Siberia, and Ausfralia).

132. Kirchneriella obesa (W. West) Schmid1c

W. Schmidle, 1893, p 16 (83); J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 181, £267; G. M. Smith, 1920, P 142,pi 35, £ 2-3 .=Selenaslrum obesum W. West, 1892, P 734, plIO, £ 50-52=Kirchnerie/la obesa (W. West) W. et G. S. West, 1894, P 16

Colonies of 4-8 or more cells irregularly arranged within a wide gelatinous

envelope. Cells strongly lunate with the ends almost near each other. Outer sideof cell markedly convex, inner sige nearly parallel to it. Ends of cells tapering slightlyand with rounded or bluntly pointed apices. Chloroplast covering the entire convex

portion of the cell wall. Cells 2-8 P broad, 6-16 P long (Fig. 132).HABITAT. Ponds, Banaras (G. 'S. Venkataraman, 1957, p 909); swamp,

Kausalya Ganga, Puri, stray-April; pond, Cuttack, stray-August, and pond,Azhicode (Kerala), stray-February (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, Africa, India, Siam, and Australia.

133. KirchnerieUa contorta (Schmidle) Bohlin

K. Bohlin,1897a, P 20; J. Brunnthaler, 1915,p 1-82,£ 269; 'G. M. Smith, 1920, p 143,1'135. r 7 .= Kircllllerie/la obesa val'. cOlllorla Schmidle, 1894, p 44, p17, £ 2

Colonies of 4-8-16 cells enclosed by a gelatinous envelope. Cells vermiforID,

",lindri"", 'u"'''' 0' 'wi,'''' and with ,ound,d md', and i_ula,ly ""'ltred wi,hinthe envelope. Cells 0'7-2'0 p broad, 8-Pt- p long (Fig. 133). - -

HABITAT.Fishery bundhs, Chandrakona Road, Midnapore (W.~ Bengal),"...y_Dt<""htt; ""amp, !{au,,"ya Ganga, Puri, ...,.-Ap,il; pon"', Kuntoo\(Andhra Pradesh), stray-Decc:mber and Ochira' (Kerala), stray-February (I).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. and S. America, S. Africa, India, Japan, and China.

I

\

Some oj'the speciesof Kirchneriella 1Iotrecordedfrom the I1Idianregiotl

K. africalla Pocock, 1933, P 506K; arcuala G. M. Smith, 1922, P 337, p18, £ 1-3K. cornula Korshikov, 1953, P 319, £293K. dalecarlicaLundberg, 1931,P 280 'K. etegallS Playfair, 1917, P 838, pi 57 , £ 32K. elongala G. M. Smith, 1916 b, p 473, pi 24, £ 7K. gracillima Bohlin, 1897 a, P 20, pi I, £ 25-27K. inlennedia Korshikov, 1953, P 316, £286K. irregularis (G. M. Smith) K:orshikov, 1953, p 319, £ 291 (See Addendum)

..

225

,

GLOEOACTINIUM

=K.lunaris val'. irregularis G. M. Smith, 1920, p 142, pI 35, I' IK. malmeana (Bohlin) Wille, 1909, p 59

=Selenoderma malmeana Bohlin, 1897 a, p 21, pi I, I' 31-35K. microscoPicaNygaard, 1945, p 52, 1'42K.phaseoliformis Hortobagyi, 1952, p 241, fJ2-13K. ,sinensis Skvortzov, 1927, P 55K. subcapilala Korshikov, 1953, p 318, I' 290

- K. aperla Teiling (1912) has been considered by Brunnthaler (1915) as a variety of K.lunaris: val'.aperla (Teiling) Bn,mnthaler. Kirchneriella major Bernard (1908), which has been considered by Brunn-thaler (1915) as synonymous to K. lunaris Val'. dianae Bohlin (1897 a), is considered here as synonymousto Telrallanlos lagerheimii (see under that species).

XLVI. Genus GLOEOACTINIUM G. M. Smith, 1926, p 184

Colonies free-floating with the cells arranged in radiating groups of two or fourtowards the periphery of a homogeneous gelatinous matrix. Cells narrow, ovate-cuneate,with broadly rounded apposed bases and apices tapering to acute points. Chloroplastparietal and laminate without a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by 2-4 autospores from each cell that remain embedded within thecolonial matrix. -

Only one species recorded from the Indian region.

134. Gloeoa~tinium Ihnneticum G. M. Smith :

G. M. Smith,.J926,pp 184-85,p14,£ 12-13;G. W.Prescott,1931,p58, pili, £].0

Cells In radiating groups of 2 or 4, mostly in the periphery of a gelatinousmatrix. Cells ova~e-cuneate with broadly rounded bases and acute apices. Cells1'5-2'5 p. broad, 3'5-7'5 p long. Colony 25-45 p, in diameter (Fig. 134).

HABlTtT. Pond, Barrac~pore, stray-Febru~ry; Moat, Cuttack, stray-August. '.

DISTRIB\JTlON.N. Am!:rica, W. Africa, and India.

'i' The alga shouldnot be confusedwith MarssoniellaelegapsLemm. (SeeG. M. Smith, 1933,p 66,-:,.£23,) which -belong to the Myxophyceae. - _ -

The only other species of the genus is G. malebaeKufferath (1956; also see,Woodhead and Tweed," 01960). -(~ - .; According to Fott and Komarek (1960) GloeoaetiniumG. M. Smith is probably

the same as DichotomococcusKorshikov (1926). Since Smith has not given details ofthe origin of the colony, which is the distinctive feature of Dichotomococcus,the' alga

'remains an insufficiently described taxon.

Generaoj Selenastraceae not recordedfrom the Indian region

Chlorolobion.Korshikov, 1953, p 283, monospecific :C. oblusum Korshikov, 1953, p 284, £245

Gloxidium Korshikov, 1931, p 25!r, monospecific :G. roiatoriae Korshikov, 1931, p 255, 1'19-20

(A c<?l~urless alga occurrin~ on the roti~er AlIeuropsis hypelasma) .Hyaloraph.d.um Paseher et Korshlkov ex Korshlkov, 1931, P 249, with six species :

H. arcuatum Korsh., 1953, p 308, £276H. contorlum Pascher et Korsh. ex Korshikov, 1931, p 249, f 1-6

t

i'

226CHLOROCOCCALES

H.curvatum Korshikov, 1931, p 251, £ 7-14-H. moinae Korshikov, 1931, p 253, £ 15-18 (on Moina)H. obtusum Hortob agyi, 1959 b, p 511, £ 22H. rectum Korshikov, 1953, p 307, £271

]uranyiella Hortobagyi, 1962, p 29, monospecific :].javorkae (Hortob.) Hortobagyi, 1962, p 29, pl44, £ 532

=KirchneriellajavorkM HortobaSyi, 1952, p 241, £ 14. Kerotococcuspascher, 1915, p 216, with seven species :

K. angulus pascher, 1915, p 219 £ 24K. bicaudatus (A. Braun)Petersen, 1928, pp 429-30 I

=Dac!ylococcus bicaudatus A. Braun in Rabenhorst, 1868, p 47K. caudatus (Hansg.) pascher, 1915, p 217, £21

=Da.:!ylococcus ColUdt.tusflansgirg, 1886, P 146K. dybowskii Woloszynska, 1917; T. Hortobagyi, 1948 a, p 12, p14, £ 53K. raphidioides (Hansg.) pascher, 1915, p 218, £23

=Dac!ylococcus raPhidioides Hansg., 1886, P 146K. sabulosus (Hansg.) pascher, 1915, p 217, £22

=Dactylococcus sabulosus Hansg.K. sestonicusHortobagyi, 1952, p 238, f 12-13

pseudococcomyxaKorshikov, 1953,p 283, with one species :P. adhaerens Korsh., 1953, P 28~, £ 244

PseudoraciborskiellaKufferath ex Conrad et Kufferath, 1954, P 251, with two species :P. illinoensis Kuff. ex Conrad et Kufferath, 1954, p 251, p16, f2P. rnessikommeriKuff. ex Conrad e_t~ufferath,-1954, p 251- -

GlosleriospiraReverdin (1919, p 86) monospecific: C. lemanen.sisReverdin which was considered-by.several authors as a member of the Selenastraceae, has been recently shown 'by Geitler.( 1959) to be the .same as Spirotaenia(Desmidiaceae) in the nature o£the polar carotenoid bodies.

. See under Add~ndllm.

!r

~ -

13. Family COELASTRACEAE (West) Wille, 1909, p 64~

Members of this fami~y are free-living and colonial, the colonies being more orless globose or cubical, rarely irregular, and made up of 4-128 cells. Cells usuallyspherical or' ovoid, rarely tetrahedric, pyramidal or pyriform, and connected to oneanother by mucilaginous pads or bands. Chloroplast single and parietal, and usuallywith a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by ,autocolonies developed from each cell.Two genera are recorded from the Indian region.

KEY TO THE GENER'!\

1. Colonies spherical to polygonal, of 8-32 or more cells connected by special pads or processes. . . . . . . .Coe/astrum (p. 227)

Colonies regular or irregular. Cells pyrilorm and with a slightly bent solid apical horn. . . . . . . . . . . .Burkillia (p.234)

XLVII. Genus COELASTRUM Naegeli, 1849, p 9}

Colony usually aJlOllow sphere, 'rarely polygonal to pyramidal, and of 4-8-16-32or more cells. Cells spherical, ovoid or pyramidal, closely adjoined and compressedor interconnectecl by narrow processes to form small or large inter-.q:llular spaces. Cellwall composed of an inner cellulose layer and an outer pectic layer which is often

, ~ locally thickened to form polar outgrowths or lateral processes that connect the cells.: Chloroplast cup-shaped to diffuse and with a pyrenoid.

Reproduction by autocolonies formed in any cellr""rupture of the old mother cell wall. Daughter colonies often

by the remains of the old mother cell wal\;Eight species are recorded fro:m the Indian region.

and liberated by theremain joined together

.'"

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Cells without apical thickenings or processesa. Cells spherical to ovoid with inter-cellular spaces much smaller than the cell diameter

C. microporum(p. 228)

b. Cells ovoid, compressed and with intercellular spaces as large as hal£the cell diameter or larger ..C. sPhaericum(p. 229)

Cells with apical thickenings or truncate project.ion~a. Cells with a single apical thickening

i. Cells pyramidal,6-sided .C. proboscideum(p.229)

ii. Cells 10-12 sided and with short connecting processes .C. cambricum(p.230)

b. Cells with three polar truncate processes; poles 6-sided . .C. cubicum(p.231)

227

228CHLOROCOCCALES

Cells with short connecting processes all round including apexa. Cells with 3-6 processes , C. scabrum (p.231)

b. Cells with 9-10 processes... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . ., C. morus (p. 233)

4. Cells with apically springing or equatorial connecting processes which are very lon~. . . . . . .. . . ....C. rellculatum(p. 23~)

3.

135. Coe1astrum microporum Naegeli

ex A. Braun, 1855, P 70; G.Senn, 1899, p 66, £ 6;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 195-96, £ 307; G. M.Smith, 1920, P 160, p141, £ 12-13, pi 42, £ I=Coelastrum robustum Hantzsch in L. Rabenhorst, 1864-65, No. 1407; P. Reinsch" 1867, P 88=C. indicum Turner, 1892, P 161, pi 20, f 11=C. sphaericum var. compactum Moebius, 1892

Colonies more or less spherical and of 8-16-32-64 (usually 16-32) cells withsmall intercellular spaces. Cells spherical to ovoid, enclosed by delicate gelatinoussheaths and int<;J;.connected by alm~st...~perceptible gelatinous processes. Cells withsheath 4-27 I' fn!diameter. Colonlc!J0-90 I' in diameter (Fig. 135). "

HAB~TAT.Ranigunj tanks, N. E. India and_British Burma (Turner, l.c.);Colombo Lake, Colombo,June-July (Lemmermann, 1907); rock pool and tanks, Ceylon

~

r't

FiGs. 135-136. 135, Coelastrum microporum NAEGELI; 136, C. sphaericum NAEGELI.

(135 a-b x 1500; 135 c, FROMPHIUFOSE, 1940; 136, FROMNAEGEU),.,

COELASTRUM 229

(Crow, 1923); ditch at edge of rice field, Sadiya, Assam (N. Carter, 1926); LoktakLake, Manipur (Bruhl and Biswas, 1926); Royal Lakes, Rangoon (Handa, 1927);rain pool, Borivali, Bombay (Dixit, 1937); Museum Pond, Madras (Philipose, 1940);ponds, Windermere Park and Cantonment Gardens, and trench with running water,Rangoon (Skuja, 1949); ponds and tanks, Barrackpore (W. Bengal), August arid

"October-December, Serampore (W. Bengal), rare-August and October, Cuttack,common to abundant-July and August, Bhopal, abundant-July, Narasingpalli(Andhra Pradesh), common-December, Visakhapatnam (Andhra Pradesh), rare-December, Madras, rare-May and August, and stray in many collections from Bihar,Orissa, Andhra, Madras, Mysore,and'Kerala (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Obiquitous.

~: -t'f

"

~

Coelastrum sphaericum' Naegeli

C. Naegeli, 1849, p 98, pi 5-C, f I a-d; G. Senn." 1899, p 67, £ 14; J. Brunnthaler, 1915,p 196, £ 308; G. M. Smith, 1926, p 192,pi 18, f 1T::\14 Cr>;'=CoelastrumnaegeliiRabenhorst, 1868, p 79, p.P.r, ~...~

Colonies spherical to ellipsoid, of 4-8-16-32 _regularly arranged cells; cells ovoid _

ith the narrow end directed outwards; sides of cells where they are in contact with'each other flattened and the outer -free side strongly curved. Intercellular sp<!f,e,s.~bout half the dia,meter of the cells or larger. Cells 6-25 pin diameter (Fig. l36).~tIi" HABITAT. Among Utricularia fasciculata, E. India (Turner, -1892); pool"CompanyiUnj, Khasia Hills, Assam-April (Bisw~s,_ 1934); aquarium and ponds,

!JVindermere Park, Rangoon (Skuja, 1949); Ramgarh Tal;tJttar Pradesh (V. P. Singh,~J959); in the guts of Anopheles larvae, DaroodaPValley, Bihar (Kachroo, 1959).

DISTRmUTION.Widespread (incl. Europe, N. and S. America, West Indies,. Africa, Mac!agascar, India, Burma, Siam, Sumatra, Jap~n, China, SiQeria, Australia

~andNew Zealand).

Coelastrum proboscidewn Bohlin

elo V. B. Wittrock, C.F.O. Nordstedt et G. Lagerheim, 187.7, Fasc, 26, No. 1240; K. Bohlin,1897a, p.33,-pI2, 19-22; G. Senn, 1899,p 67,£8;J. Brunnthaler,1915,p 196,f310 '

=Coelastrummicroporumf. typicaWolle 1887 '

=..C. irregulare Schroeder, 1897

=C. pseudocub~um ,Schroeder, 1897

, Cofonies more or less pyramidal and of 4-8-16, rarely more cells. Intercellular,p!ices usually large and polygonal. Cells conical, truncate. and six-sided with the. :teral -sides slightly concave. Poles of cells thickened. Cells 12-20 I' in diameter.

,lonies 20-110'1' in diamete'r (Fig. 137). _HABITAT. Tanks near Trincomalie, September-October (Crow, 1923); pool

-ear Companygunj, Khasia Hills, Assam (Biswas, 1934); po~s, Rangoon and suburbs,~({Mandalay, MarCh .to May and November (Skuja, 1949); 'ponds, Cuttack, rare to,~fhercommon-August and Coorg, Mysore, rather common-February (!).

. DISTRmuTION. Europe, N. and S. America, Africa, India, Burma, Ceylon, Japanij Siberia.

...~:

....

..",~

.' f.~:.:'."

"

CHLOROCOCCALES230

;'... . ....

F

I

,

\iI

\IIII.

.

_ FIGs. 137-139.137, Coelastrumprobos;;ideumBC)HLIN;.\_~8a, C. cambricum--ARCHER; b, VAR.intermedium(BOHLIN)G. S. WEST;139,C. cubicumNAEGELI.,

(138 a, FROMWEST; 139, FROMSENN; REST, x 1500).

The colonies of this" species are very variable, either regular or irregulJ;

According to Smith (1920) and Prescott (1951), CoelastrumcompositumG. S. West(1907, p 136, pI 5, f 8-9) is synonymoUSto C. proboscideum. Brunnthaler (l.c.), hQw.ev..., "",led C. "mp""'" .. a d"UncI ,peci", Fri"'h and Rioh (1930) ondRich (193~) followed Brunnthaler. Here also, C. compositum is treated as. a ~istinct

species. ' ,

Colonies in Biswas's collections (l.c.) and in the author's material appeared to be

juvenile, the cells being only '5-9 fl in diameter.

138. Coelastrum cambricum Archer

W. Archer, 1868, p 65; J. Brunntha1er, 1915, p 196, £ 311; G. M. Smith, 1920, p 161,p142,1"2-3; G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 229, p153, £ 2=Coe/astrumpulchrumSchmid1e,1892,p' 206; G. Semi, 1899,P 67, f 16; W. and G. S.WeSt.1902. P 198 - -

Colonies spherical a"nd usually 32-celled, sometimes 8, 16, 64, or 128-ceiled.

Cells spherical and thickened at the poles; 10-12 sided when seen from the ap$connected to each other by 4-6 short gelatinous flat truncate projections. Interspacesbetween cells circular to triangular. ' Cells 6-12 fl in diameter. Colonies usually \lPto 70 fl in diameter (Fig. 138 a).

I~I

\

COELASTRUM 231

HABITAT. Padd,y fields, Heneratgodha, Botanical Gardens, Peradeniya ,andpaddy field between Kosgoda and Urahaighasmahendai, Ceylon (W. and G. S. West,1902); shallow pools overgrown with weeds, Mansang, Burma (W. and G. S. West,'1907); ditch at edge of rice field, Sadiya, Assam-August (Carter, N., 1926); pondBombay (Gonzalves and Joshi, 1946). '

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. and S. America, Africa, India, Burma, Ceylon,Malaya, Java, Sil;>eria,Japan, and Australia. ,

From the des.criptionsof G. M. Smith and G. W. Prescott (op:c.), it appears thatthey include the undermentioned variety also in the type.

var. intermediwn (Bohlin) G. S. West

G.,S.West,1907,p 136; J. Brunnthaler, 1915,p 196, r 312; P. Bruhl and K. Biswas,1926,pi 268pi 2, r 17 .=Coelas/rum pulchrum var. intermedium Bohlin, 1897 a, p 35, pi 2, r 16-17=C. cruciatumSchmidle, 1900 r, p 418 --:;=C.intermedium (B'ohlin) Korshikov, 1953, p 348, £ 320

Differs from the type in the outer face of the external cells being subspherical and~adually arched. The outstanding projectio~ are also blunt and rounded andnot truncate.' Interspaces between- cells more or less triangular. Cells 13-21 fl indiameter. Colonies up to 108 fl in diame,ter (Fig. 138 b). . I

HABITAT. Loktak Lake, Manipur (Bruhl and Biswas, i.e.); ponds in suburbs of -Rangoon, March a.nd May (Skuja, 19~9); .ponds and tanks, Dibrugarh, stray-May,Dum Dum, rare-October, Belgharia ~W. Bengal), r~\fe-May, Cuttack, stray-

. February, Athgar, Boiangir and Sambalpur (O~}ssa), stray-December, Hyderabad,~ stray-January, Bangalore and Coorg, rather common-February and Azhicode:'(Kerala), common-February; fishery bundhs, Chandrakona Road,'Midnapore (W.;'Bengal), rarC'---:December; swamp, Kausalya Ganga, Puri (Orissa), stray-April (!).

DISTRIBUTION.Europe, S. America,' Africa, India, Burma, Siam, Singapore,'Java, Japan and Siberia.

Coelastrum cu~icum Naegeli -

C.Naegeli,r849,p98, pI5 c,r 2; G.Senn, 1899,p68,r 17; C.Bernard, 1908, p198,r 519-20; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 1-97,r 315=C. naegeliiRabenhorst, 1868, p 79, p. p.=C.cornu/um Lamaire, 1-894,pp 82-83; G.W. Prescott,1931,p 71,pi 15,r II

Colonies subspherical. Cells six-sided when seen from the poles and with three;'pbliquely truncate polar processes which are sometimes thickened at their apices.:£ells 10-20 fl in diameter (Fig. 139).

H~ITAT. In artificial tanks, Peradeniya, deylon (W. and G. S. West, 1902).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. America, Ceylon, Java, Japan, China and Siberia.

Coelastrum scabnun Reinsch

P. Reinsch, 1877, p 238; G. Senn, 1899, p 68, £ 21; J. Brunnthaler, 1915, p 197, £ 316;G. W. Prescott, 1951, p 230, pi 46, £3

;.:

232 CHLOROCOCCALES

Coloniesmore or less spherical or ovoid, 4-8-16- celled. Cells angular globosewith three or more wart-like truncate processes from the outer surface. Cells 8-10 f'in diameter. Sixteen-celled colony 28 f' in diameter (Fig. 140).

HABITAT. Ponds and tanks, Dibrugarh (Assam), rather common-May, Dum

Dum (W. Bengal), rare-October, Bhopal, stray-July, Cuttack, very common-August and Sambalpur (Orissa), stray-December; fishery bundh, ChandrakonaRoad, Midnapore (W. Bengal), rather common-December; cement cistern withdecaying Hydrilla, Cuttack, very common-March (!).

DISTRIBUTION..,~. and S. America, S. Africa, lndia, Japan and Siberia...

14~bFIGs. 140-142.1<W, Codaslrum scabrum REINSCH; 141, C. morus W. ET

G. S. WEST;142, C. reticualum(DANG).SENN.. '

141, FROMWEST; 142 b-c, AFTER KORSHlKOV, 1953; 'REST, x 1500).

'il

""t"_

COELASTRUM 233

141. Coelastrwn morus W. et G. S. West

W. and G. S. West, 1896, p 381, p15, f4;J. Brunntha1er, 1915, p 197,f318; G. M. Smith, 1950,p249

Colonies spherical, 8-16 cellt:d. Cells spherical with 4-10 small wart-likeprocesses all round the cell membrane. Cells 9' 5-19 P, in diameter (Fig. 141).

HABITAT. In River Dihang and its tributary, N. E. India, January (Carter, 1926).DISTRIBUTION.Central Mrica, Scotland, N. America and India.

..142. Coelastrwn retic:ulatwn (Dangeard) Senn'-

G. Senn, 1899, p 66, p12, f 1-IO;J. Brunnthaler, 1915, pp 198-99, f322; G. M. Smith, 1920,p 161, p142, f4-6=Hariolinareliculala Dangeard, 1889, p 162, p17, f15-17; C. Bernard, 1908, p 199, f 521-30=Coelaslrum dislans Turner, 1892, p 161, p121, f 18=C. subPulchrum Lagerheim, 1893, p 158=C. reticulatum (Dallgeard) Lt'mmt'rm~nn. 1!!99, p 113

Colonies spherical and of 8-16-32 cells, often in multiple colonies held togetherby the remains of the old motht:r' cell walls. Cells spherical, enclosed by a gelatinousSheath and inter-connected by 6-9 long gelatinous processes. Cells 6-24 p, in diameter.Colonies up to 65 p, in diameter (Fig. 142).

HABITAT. Ranigunj Park, N. E. India, July (Turner, l.c.); rock pool and anumber of tanks in Ceylon, September-October (Crow, 1923) ;_Cantonment Gardens,Rangoon-December (Skuja, 1949); pond with muddy water, Bolangir (Orissa),

''-abundant-December and pond, Mettur, Madras, common-December (!).DISTRIBUTION.Europe, N. and S. America, Africa, India, Burma, Ceylon, Java,

Sumatra, Japan, and Australia.

Chief speciesof Coelastrum not knownfrom the Indian region

C. bohlini Schmid1e et Senn-see Brunnthaler, 1915, p 199=Scenedesml# coslatus var. coelastroides Bohlin, 1893, p 42; 1897, P 519, f 8_=S. coelastroides (Bohlin) Schmidle, 1898, p 9, pi 1, f 1C. compositum G. S. West,.1907, p 136, pI 5, f8-9C. cong(omeratum (H. V. Alten) Steinecke, 1916C. coslatum Kors/likov, 1953, p 352, f 329C. echinatum Swirenko, 1926, p 85C. g;ganteum Cedergren, 1933, p 89C. octaedricum Skuja, 1948, pp 140-41, pi 16, f9-12C. piliferum Goetz-see Brunntha1er, 1915, p 197, f 323C. pseudomicroporum Korshikov, 1953, p 348C. schizodermaticum F. Rich, 1921, p 239C. shensiense J ao, 1948C. slwjae Korshikov, 1953, p 355, f 332

= C. verrucosum in Skuja, 1934 non De Toni, 1889C. speciosum (Wolle) Brunntha1er, 1915, p 197, f 314

=C. m;cropcrum "ar. speciosum Wolle, 1887C. tal'on:iBourrelly et Mangiun, 1950C, I'errucosum (Reinsch) Reinsch, 1877, p 239, pi 6, f 3

=Sphaeraslrum verrurosum Reinsch, 1875, p 77, p112, f8;=C. verrucosum (Reinsch) De Toni, 1889, p 572; Brunntha1er, 1915, p 197

, Senn (1899) considered CoelastrumastroideumDe Notaris (1867, p 80) as either a C. microporumOr a C. sphaericum. C. chodati Ducellier 1915, p 73, f 1-5 (= C. augustae Skl~a, 1934, p 54, f 63) and